diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
135 files changed, 5041 insertions, 1317 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines index f4137c68ff..376d5ec4f8 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingGuidelines +++ b/Documentation/CodingGuidelines @@ -18,6 +18,14 @@ code. For Git in general, three rough rules are: judgement call, the decision based more on real world constraints people face than what the paper standard says. + - Fixing style violations while working on a real change as a + preparatory clean-up step is good, but otherwise avoid useless code + churn for the sake of conforming to the style. + + "Once it _is_ in the tree, it's not really worth the patch noise to + go and fix it up." + Cf. http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/943020 + Make your code readable and sensible, and don't try to be clever. As for more concrete guidelines, just imitate the existing code @@ -34,7 +42,17 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): - We use tabs for indentation. - - Case arms are indented at the same depth as case and esac lines. + - Case arms are indented at the same depth as case and esac lines, + like this: + + case "$variable" in + pattern1) + do this + ;; + pattern2) + do that + ;; + esac - Redirection operators should be written with space before, but no space after them. In other words, write 'echo test >"$file"' @@ -43,6 +61,14 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): redirection target in a variable (as shown above), our code does so because some versions of bash issue a warning without the quotes. + (incorrect) + cat hello > world < universe + echo hello >$world + + (correct) + cat hello >world <universe + echo hello >"$world" + - We prefer $( ... ) for command substitution; unlike ``, it properly nests. It should have been the way Bourne spelled it from day one, but unfortunately isn't. @@ -81,14 +107,33 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): "then" should be on the next line for if statements, and "do" should be on the next line for "while" and "for". + (incorrect) + if test -f hello; then + do this + fi + + (correct) + if test -f hello + then + do this + fi + - We prefer "test" over "[ ... ]". - We do not write the noiseword "function" in front of shell functions. - - We prefer a space between the function name and the parentheses. The - opening "{" should also be on the same line. - E.g.: my_function () { + - We prefer a space between the function name and the parentheses, + and no space inside the parentheses. The opening "{" should also + be on the same line. + + (incorrect) + my_function(){ + ... + + (correct) + my_function () { + ... - As to use of grep, stick to a subset of BRE (namely, no \{m,n\}, [::], [==], or [..]) for portability. @@ -106,6 +151,19 @@ For shell scripts specifically (not exhaustive): interface translatable. See "Marking strings for translation" in po/README. + - We do not write our "test" command with "-a" and "-o" and use "&&" + or "||" to concatenate multiple "test" commands instead, because + the use of "-a/-o" is often error-prone. E.g. + + test -n "$x" -a "$a" = "$b" + + is buggy and breaks when $x is "=", but + + test -n "$x" && test "$a" = "$b" + + does not have such a problem. + + For C programs: - We use tabs to indent, and interpret tabs as taking up to @@ -149,7 +207,7 @@ For C programs: of "else if" statements, it can make sense to add braces to single line blocks. - - We try to avoid assignments inside if(). + - We try to avoid assignments in the condition of an "if" statement. - Try to make your code understandable. You may put comments in, but comments invariably tend to stale out when the code @@ -177,6 +235,88 @@ For C programs: - Double negation is often harder to understand than no negation at all. + - There are two schools of thought when it comes to comparison, + especially inside a loop. Some people prefer to have the less stable + value on the left hand side and the more stable value on the right hand + side, e.g. if you have a loop that counts variable i down to the + lower bound, + + while (i > lower_bound) { + do something; + i--; + } + + Other people prefer to have the textual order of values match the + actual order of values in their comparison, so that they can + mentally draw a number line from left to right and place these + values in order, i.e. + + while (lower_bound < i) { + do something; + i--; + } + + Both are valid, and we use both. However, the more "stable" the + stable side becomes, the more we tend to prefer the former + (comparison with a constant, "i > 0", is an extreme example). + Just do not mix styles in the same part of the code and mimic + existing styles in the neighbourhood. + + - There are two schools of thought when it comes to splitting a long + logical line into multiple lines. Some people push the second and + subsequent lines far enough to the right with tabs and align them: + + if (the_beginning_of_a_very_long_expression_that_has_to || + span_more_than_a_single_line_of || + the_source_text) { + ... + + while other people prefer to align the second and the subsequent + lines with the column immediately inside the opening parenthesis, + with tabs and spaces, following our "tabstop is always a multiple + of 8" convention: + + if (the_beginning_of_a_very_long_expression_that_has_to || + span_more_than_a_single_line_of || + the_source_text) { + ... + + Both are valid, and we use both. Again, just do not mix styles in + the same part of the code and mimic existing styles in the + neighbourhood. + + - When splitting a long logical line, some people change line before + a binary operator, so that the result looks like a parse tree when + you turn your head 90-degrees counterclockwise: + + if (the_beginning_of_a_very_long_expression_that_has_to + || span_more_than_a_single_line_of_the_source_text) { + + while other people prefer to leave the operator at the end of the + line: + + if (the_beginning_of_a_very_long_expression_that_has_to || + span_more_than_a_single_line_of_the_source_text) { + + Both are valid, but we tend to use the latter more, unless the + expression gets fairly complex, in which case the former tends to + be easier to read. Again, just do not mix styles in the same part + of the code and mimic existing styles in the neighbourhood. + + - When splitting a long logical line, with everything else being + equal, it is preferable to split after the operator at higher + level in the parse tree. That is, this is more preferable: + + if (a_very_long_variable * that_is_used_in + + a_very_long_expression) { + ... + + than + + if (a_very_long_variable * + that_is_used_in + a_very_long_expression) { + ... + - Some clever tricks, like using the !! operator with arithmetic constructs, can be extremely confusing to others. Avoid them, unless there is a compelling reason to use them. @@ -188,9 +328,14 @@ For C programs: - When you come up with an API, document it. - - The first #include in C files, except in platform specific - compat/ implementations, should be git-compat-util.h or another - header file that includes it, such as cache.h or builtin.h. + - The first #include in C files, except in platform specific compat/ + implementations, must be either "git-compat-util.h", "cache.h" or + "builtin.h". You do not have to include more than one of these. + + - A C file must directly include the header files that declare the + functions and the types it uses, except for the functions and types + that are made available to it by including one of the header files + it must include by the previous rule. - If you are planning a new command, consider writing it in shell or perl first, so that changes in semantics can be easily @@ -273,6 +418,29 @@ Error Messages - Say what the error is first ("cannot open %s", not "%s: cannot open") +Externally Visible Names + + - For configuration variable names, follow the existing convention: + + . The section name indicates the affected subsystem. + + . The subsection name, if any, indicates which of an unbounded set + of things to set the value for. + + . The variable name describes the effect of tweaking this knob. + + The section and variable names that consist of multiple words are + formed by concatenating the words without punctuations (e.g. `-`), + and are broken using bumpyCaps in documentation as a hint to the + reader. + + When choosing the variable namespace, do not use variable name for + specifying possibly unbounded set of things, most notably anything + an end user can freely come up with (e.g. branch names). Instead, + use subsection names or variable values, like the existing variable + branch.<name>.description does. + + Writing Documentation: Most (if not all) of the documentation pages are written in the @@ -301,6 +469,10 @@ Writing Documentation: --sort=<key> --abbrev[=<n>] + If a placeholder has multiple words, they are separated by dashes: + <new-branch-name> + --template=<template-directory> + Possibility of multiple occurrences is indicated by three dots: <file>... (One or more of <file>.) @@ -317,12 +489,12 @@ Writing Documentation: (Zero or more of <patch>. Note that the dots are inside, not outside the brackets.) - Multiple alternatives are indicated with vertical bar: + Multiple alternatives are indicated with vertical bars: [-q | --quiet] [--utf8 | --no-utf8] Parentheses are used for grouping: - [(<rev>|<range>)...] + [(<rev> | <range>)...] (Any number of either <rev> or <range>. Parens are needed to make it clear that "..." pertains to both <rev> and <range>.) @@ -354,7 +526,7 @@ Writing Documentation: `backticks around word phrases`, do so. `--pretty=oneline` `git rev-list` - `remote.pushdefault` + `remote.pushDefault` Word phrases enclosed in `backtick characters` are rendered literally and will not be further expanded. The use of `backticks` to achieve the diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index fc6b2cf9ec..3e39e2815b 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ MAN7_TXT = TECH_DOCS = ARTICLES = SP_ARTICLES = +OBSOLETE_HTML = MAN1_TXT += $(filter-out \ $(addsuffix .txt, $(ARTICLES) $(SP_ARTICLES)), \ @@ -26,6 +27,7 @@ MAN7_TXT += gitcore-tutorial.txt MAN7_TXT += gitcredentials.txt MAN7_TXT += gitcvs-migration.txt MAN7_TXT += gitdiffcore.txt +MAN7_TXT += giteveryday.txt MAN7_TXT += gitglossary.txt MAN7_TXT += gitnamespaces.txt MAN7_TXT += gitrevisions.txt @@ -37,11 +39,11 @@ MAN_TXT = $(MAN1_TXT) $(MAN5_TXT) $(MAN7_TXT) MAN_XML = $(patsubst %.txt,%.xml,$(MAN_TXT)) MAN_HTML = $(patsubst %.txt,%.html,$(MAN_TXT)) -OBSOLETE_HTML = git-remote-helpers.html +OBSOLETE_HTML += everyday.html +OBSOLETE_HTML += git-remote-helpers.html DOC_HTML = $(MAN_HTML) $(OBSOLETE_HTML) ARTICLES += howto-index -ARTICLES += everyday ARTICLES += git-tools ARTICLES += git-bisect-lk2009 # with their own formatting rules. @@ -59,6 +61,7 @@ SP_ARTICLES += howto/recover-corrupted-blob-object SP_ARTICLES += howto/recover-corrupted-object-harder SP_ARTICLES += howto/rebuild-from-update-hook SP_ARTICLES += howto/rebase-from-internal-branch +SP_ARTICLES += howto/keep-canonical-history-correct SP_ARTICLES += howto/maintain-git API_DOCS = $(patsubst %.txt,%,$(filter-out technical/api-index-skel.txt technical/api-index.txt, $(wildcard technical/api-*.txt))) SP_ARTICLES += $(API_DOCS) @@ -96,6 +99,13 @@ man7dir = $(mandir)/man7 ASCIIDOC = asciidoc ASCIIDOC_EXTRA = +ASCIIDOC_HTML = xhtml11 +ASCIIDOC_DOCBOOK = docbook +ASCIIDOC_CONF = -f asciidoc.conf +ASCIIDOC_COMMON = $(ASCIIDOC) $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) $(ASCIIDOC_CONF) \ + -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) +TXT_TO_HTML = $(ASCIIDOC_COMMON) -b $(ASCIIDOC_HTML) +TXT_TO_XML = $(ASCIIDOC_COMMON) -b $(ASCIIDOC_DOCBOOK) MANPAGE_XSL = manpage-normal.xsl XMLTO = xmlto XMLTO_EXTRA = @@ -303,14 +313,12 @@ clean: $(MAN_HTML): %.html : %.txt asciidoc.conf $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ - $(ASCIIDOC) -b xhtml11 -d manpage -f asciidoc.conf \ - $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) -o $@+ $< && \ + $(TXT_TO_HTML) -d manpage -o $@+ $< && \ mv $@+ $@ $(OBSOLETE_HTML): %.html : %.txto asciidoc.conf $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ - $(ASCIIDOC) -b xhtml11 -f asciidoc.conf \ - $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) -o $@+ $< && \ + $(TXT_TO_HTML) -o $@+ $< && \ mv $@+ $@ manpage-base-url.xsl: manpage-base-url.xsl.in @@ -322,13 +330,12 @@ manpage-base-url.xsl: manpage-base-url.xsl.in %.xml : %.txt asciidoc.conf $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ - $(ASCIIDOC) -b docbook -d manpage -f asciidoc.conf \ - $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) -o $@+ $< && \ + $(TXT_TO_XML) -d manpage -o $@+ $< && \ mv $@+ $@ user-manual.xml: user-manual.txt user-manual.conf $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ - $(ASCIIDOC) $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -b docbook -d article -o $@+ $< && \ + $(TXT_TO_XML) -d article -o $@+ $< && \ mv $@+ $@ technical/api-index.txt: technical/api-index-skel.txt \ @@ -337,8 +344,7 @@ technical/api-index.txt: technical/api-index-skel.txt \ technical/%.html: ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-relative-html-prefix=../ $(patsubst %,%.html,$(API_DOCS) technical/api-index $(TECH_DOCS)): %.html : %.txt asciidoc.conf - $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(ASCIIDOC) -b xhtml11 -f asciidoc.conf \ - $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -agit_version=$(GIT_VERSION) $*.txt + $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(TXT_TO_HTML) $*.txt XSLT = docbook.xsl XSLTOPTS = --xinclude --stringparam html.stylesheet docbook-xsl.css @@ -385,14 +391,15 @@ howto-index.txt: howto-index.sh $(wildcard howto/*.txt) mv $@+ $@ $(patsubst %,%.html,$(ARTICLES)) : %.html : %.txt - $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(ASCIIDOC) $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -b xhtml11 $*.txt + $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(TXT_TO_HTML) $*.txt WEBDOC_DEST = /pub/software/scm/git/docs howto/%.html: ASCIIDOC_EXTRA += -a git-relative-html-prefix=../ $(patsubst %.txt,%.html,$(wildcard howto/*.txt)): %.html : %.txt $(QUIET_ASCIIDOC)$(RM) $@+ $@ && \ - sed -e '1,/^$$/d' $< | $(ASCIIDOC) $(ASCIIDOC_EXTRA) -b xhtml11 - >$@+ && \ + sed -e '1,/^$$/d' $< | \ + $(TXT_TO_HTML) - >$@+ && \ mv $@+ $@ install-webdoc : html diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae4753728e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +Git v2.1 Release Notes +====================== + +Backward compatibility notes +---------------------------- + + * The default value we give to the environment variable LESS has been + changed from "FRSX" to "FRX", losing "S" (chop long lines instead + of wrapping). Existing users who prefer not to see line-wrapped + output may want to set + + $ git config core.pager "less -S" + + to restore the traditional behaviour. It is expected that people + find output from most subcommands easier to read with the new + default, except for "blame" which tends to produce really long + lines. To override the new default only for "git blame", you can + do this: + + $ git config pager.blame "less -S" + + * A few disused directories in contrib/ have been retired. + + +Updates since v2.0 +------------------ + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * Since the very beginning of Git, we gave the LESS environment a + default value "FRSX" when we spawn "less" as the pager. "S" (chop + long lines instead of wrapping) has been removed from this default + set of options, because it is more or less a personal taste thing, + as opposed to the others that have good justifications (i.e. "R" is + very much justified because many kinds of output we produce are + colored and "FX" is justified because output we produce is often + shorter than a page). + + * The logic and data used to compute the display width needed for + UTF-8 strings have been updated to match Unicode 7.0 better. + + * HTTP-based transports learned to better propagate the error messages from + the webserver to the client coming over the HTTP transport. + + * The completion script for bash (in contrib/) has been updated to + better handle aliases that define a complex sequence of commands. + + * The "core.preloadindex" configuration variable is enabled by default, + allowing modern platforms to take advantage of their + multiple cores. + + * "git clone" applies the "if cloning from a local disk, physically + copy the repository using hardlinks, unless otherwise told not to with + --no-local" optimization when the url.*.insteadOf mechanism rewrites a + remote-repository "git clone $URL" into a + clone from a local disk. + + * "git commit --date=<date>" option learned more + timestamp formats, including "--date=now". + + * The `core.commentChar` configuration variable is used to specify a + custom comment character (other than the default "#") for + the commit message editor. This can be set to `auto` to attempt to + choose a different character that does not conflict with any that + already starts a line in the message being edited, for cases like + "git commit --amend". + + * "git format-patch" learned --signature-file=<file> to add the contents + of a file as a signature to the mail message it produces. + + * "git grep" learned the grep.fullname configuration variable to force + "--full-name" to be the default. This may cause regressions for + scripted users who do not expect this new behaviour. + + * "git imap-send" learned to ask the credential helper for auth + material. + + * "git log" and friends now understand the value "auto" for the + "log.decorate" configuration variable to enable the "--decorate" + option automatically when the output is sent to tty. + + * "git merge" without an argument, even when there is an upstream + defined for the current branch, refused to run until + merge.defaultToUpstream is set to true. Flip the default of that + configuration variable to true. + + * "git mergetool" learned to drive the vimdiff3 backend. + + * mergetool.prompt used to default to 'true', always asking "do you + really want to run the tool on this path?". The default has been + changed to 'false'. However, the prompt will still appear if + mergetool used its autodetection system to guess which tool to use. + Users who explicitly specify or configure a tool will no longer see + the prompt by default. + + Strictly speaking, this is a backward incompatible change and + users need to explicitly set the variable to 'true' if they want + to be prompted to confirm running the tool on each path. + + * "git replace" learned the "--edit" subcommand to create a + replacement by editing an existing object. + + * "git replace" learned a "--graft" option to rewrite the parents of a + commit. + + * "git send-email" learned "--to-cover" and "--cc-cover" options, to + tell it to copy To: and Cc: headers found in the first input file + when emitting later input files. + + * "git svn" learned to cope with malformed timestamps with only one + digit in the hour part, e.g. 2014-01-07T5:01:02.048176Z, emitted + by some broken subversion server implementations. + + * "git tag" when editing the tag message shows the name of the tag + being edited as a comment in the editor. + + * "git tag" learned to pay attention to "tag.sort" configuration, to + be used as the default sort order when no --sort=<value> option + is given. + + * A new "git verify-commit" command, to check GPG signatures in signed + commits, in a way similar to "git verify-tag" is used to check + signed tags, was added. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, etc. + + * Build procedure for 'subtree' (in contrib/) has been cleaned up. + + * Support for the profile-feedback build, which has + bit-rotted for quite a while, has been updated. + + * An experimental format to use two files (the base file and + incremental changes relative to it) to represent the index has been + introduced; this may reduce I/O cost of rewriting a large index + when only small part of the working tree changes. + + * Effort to shrink the size of patches Windows folks maintain on top + by upstreaming them continues. More tests that are not applicable + to the Windows environment are identified and either skipped or + made more portable. + + * Eradication of "test $condition -a $condition" from our scripts + continues. + + * The `core.deltabasecachelimit` used to default to 16 MiB , but this + proved to be too small, and has been bumped to 96 MiB. + + * "git blame" has been optimized greatly by reorganising the data + structure that is used to keep track of the work to be done. + + * "git diff" that compares 3-or-more trees (e.g. parents and the + result of a merge) has been optimized. + + * The API to update/delete references are being converted to handle + updates to multiple references in a transactional way. As an + example, "update-ref --stdin [-z]" has been updated to use this + API. + + * skip_prefix() and strip_suffix() API functions are used a lot more + widely throughout the codebase now. + + * Parts of the test scripts can be skipped by using a range notation, + e.g. "sh t1234-test.sh --run='1-4 6 8-'" to omit test piece 5 and 7 + and run everything else. + + +Also contains various documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v2.0 +---------------- + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v2.0 in the maintenance +track are contained in this release (see the maintenance releases' +notes for details). + + * We used to unconditionally disable the pager in the pager process + we spawn to feed out output, but that prevented people who want to + run "less" within "less" from doing so. + (merge c0459ca je/pager-do-not-recurse later to maint). + + * Tools that read diagnostic output in our standard error stream do + not want to see terminal control sequence (e.g. erase-to-eol). + Detect them by checking if the standard error stream is connected + to a tty. + (merge 38de156 mn/sideband-no-ansi later to maint). + + * Mishandling of patterns in .gitignore that have trailing SPs quoted + with backslashes (e.g. ones that end with "\ ") has been + corrected. + (merge 97c1364be6b pb/trim-trailing-spaces later to maint). + + * Reworded the error message given upon a failure to open an existing + loose object file due to e.g. permission issues; it was reported as + the object being corrupt, but that is not quite true. + (merge d6c8a05 jk/report-fail-to-read-objects-better later to maint). + + * "git log -2master" is a common typo that shows two commits starting + from whichever random branch that is not 'master' that happens to + be checked out currently. + (merge e3fa568 jc/revision-dash-count-parsing later to maint). + + * Code to avoid adding the same alternate object store twice was + subtly broken for a long time, but nobody seems to have noticed. + (merge 80b4785 rs/fix-alt-odb-path-comparison later to maint). + (merge 539e750 ek/alt-odb-entry-fix later to maint). + + * The "%<(10,trunc)%s" pretty format specifier in the log family of + commands is used to truncate the string to a given length (e.g. 10 + in the example) with padding to column-align the output, but did + not take into account that number of bytes and number of display + columns are different. + (merge 7d50987 as/pretty-truncate later to maint). + + * "%G" (nothing after G) is an invalid pretty format specifier, but + the parser did not notice it as garbage. + (merge 958b2eb jk/pretty-G-format-fixes later to maint). + + * A handful of code paths had to read the commit object more than + once when showing header fields that are usually not parsed. The + internal data structure to keep track of the contents of the commit + object has been updated to reduce the need for this double-reading, + and to allow the caller find the length of the object. + (merge 218aa3a jk/commit-buffer-length later to maint). + + * The "mailmap.file" configuration option did not support tilde + expansion (i.e. ~user/path and ~/path). + (merge 9352fd5 ow/config-mailmap-pathname later to maint). + + * The completion scripts (in contrib/) did not know about quite a few + options that are common between "git merge" and "git pull", and a + couple of options unique to "git merge". + (merge 8fee872 jk/complete-merge-pull later to maint). + + * The unix-domain socket used by the sample credential cache daemon + tried to unlink an existing stale one at a wrong path, if the path + to the socket was given as an overlong path that does not fit in + the sun_path member of the sockaddr_un structure. + (merge 2869b3e rs/fix-unlink-unix-socket later to maint). + + * An ancient rewrite passed a wrong pointer to a curl library + function in a rarely used code path. + (merge 479eaa8 ah/fix-http-push later to maint). + + * "--ignore-space-change" option of "git apply" ignored the spaces + at the beginning of lines too aggressively, which is inconsistent + with the option of the same name that "diff" and "git diff" have. + (merge 14d3bb4 jc/apply-ignore-whitespace later to maint). + + * "git blame" miscounted the number of columns needed to show localized + timestamps, resulting in a jaggy left-side-edge for the source code + lines in its output. + (merge dd75553 jx/blame-align-relative-time later to maint). + + * "git blame" assigned the blame to the copy in the working-tree if + the repository is set to core.autocrlf=input and the file used CRLF + line endings. + (merge 4d4813a bc/blame-crlf-test later to maint). + + * "git clone -b brefs/tags/bar" would have mistakenly thought we were + following a single tag, even though it was a name of the branch, + because it incorrectly used strstr(). + (merge 60a5f5f jc/fix-clone-single-starting-at-a-tag later to maint). + + * "git commit --allow-empty-message -C $commit" did not work when the + commit did not have any log message. + (merge 076cbd6 jk/commit-C-pick-empty later to maint). + + * "git diff --find-copies-harder" sometimes pretended as if the mode + bits have changed for paths that are marked with the assume-unchanged + bit. + (merge 5304810 jk/diff-files-assume-unchanged later to maint). + + * "filter-branch" left an empty single-parent commit that results when + all parents of a merge commit get mapped to the same commit, even + under "--prune-empty". + (merge 79bc4ef cb/filter-branch-prune-empty-degenerate-merges later to maint). + + * "git format-patch" did not enforce the rule that the "--follow" + option from the log/diff family of commands must be used with + exactly one pathspec. + (merge dd63f16 jk/diff-follow-must-take-one-pathspec later to maint). + + * "git gc --auto" was recently changed to run in the background to + give control back early to the end-user sitting in front of the + terminal, but it forgot that housekeeping involving reflogs should + be done without other processes competing for accesses to the refs. + (merge 62aad18 nd/daemonize-gc later to maint). + + * "git grep -O" to show the lines that hit in the pager did not work + well with case insensitive search. We now spawn "less" with its + "-I" option when it is used as the pager (which is the default). + (merge f7febbe sk/spawn-less-case-insensitively-from-grep-O-i later to maint). + + * We used to disable threaded "git index-pack" on platforms without + thread-safe pread(); use a different workaround for such + platforms to allow threaded "git index-pack". + (merge 3953949 nd/index-pack-one-fd-per-thread later to maint). + + * The error reporting from "git index-pack" has been improved to + distinguish missing objects from type errors. + (merge 77583e7 jk/index-pack-report-missing later to maint). + + * "log --show-signature" incorrectly decided the color to paint a + mergetag that was and was not correctly validated. + (merge 42c55ce mg/fix-log-mergetag-color later to maint). + + * "log --show-signature" did not pay attention to the "--graph" option. + (merge cf3983d zk/log-graph-showsig later to maint). + + * "git mailinfo" used to read beyond the ends of header strings while + parsing an incoming e-mail message to extract the patch. + (merge b1a013d rs/mailinfo-header-cmp later to maint). + + * On a case insensitive filesystem, merge-recursive incorrectly + deleted the file that is to be renamed to a name that is the same + except for case differences. + (merge baa37bf dt/merge-recursive-case-insensitive later to maint). + + * Merging changes into a file that ends in an incomplete line made the + last line into a complete one, even when the other branch did not + change anything around the end of file. + (merge ba31180 mk/merge-incomplete-files later to maint). + + * "git pack-objects" unnecessarily copied the previous contents when + extending the hashtable, even though it will populate the table + from scratch anyway. + (merge fb79947 rs/pack-objects-no-unnecessary-realloc later to maint). + + * Recent updates to "git repack" started to duplicate objects that + are in packfiles marked with the .keep flag into the new packfile by + mistake. + (merge d078d85 jk/repack-pack-keep-objects later to maint). + + * "git rerere forget" did not work well when merge.conflictstyle + was set to a non-default value. + (merge de3d8bb fc/rerere-conflict-style later to maint). + + * "git remote rm" and "git remote prune" can involve removing many + refs at once, which is not a very efficient thing to do when very + many refs exist in the packed-refs file. + (merge e6bea66 jl/remote-rm-prune later to maint). + + * "git log --exclude=<glob> --all | git shortlog" worked as expected, + but "git shortlog --exclude=<glob> --all", which is supposed to be + identical to the above pipeline, was not accepted at the command + line argument parser level. + (merge eb07774 jc/shortlog-ref-exclude later to maint). + + * The autostash mode of "git rebase -i" did not restore the dirty + working tree state if the user aborted the interactive rebase by + emptying the insn sheet. + (merge ddb5432 rr/rebase-autostash-fix later to maint). + + * "git rebase --fork-point" did not filter out patch-identical + commits correctly. + + * During "git rebase --merge", a conflicted patch could not be + skipped with "--skip" if the next one also conflicted. + (merge 95104c7 bc/fix-rebase-merge-skip later to maint). + + * "git show -s" (i.e. show log message only) used to incorrectly emit + an extra blank line after a merge commit. + (merge ad2f725 mk/show-s-no-extra-blank-line-for-merges later to maint). + + * "git status", even though it is a read-only operation, tries to + update the index with refreshed lstat(2) info to optimize future + accesses to the working tree opportunistically, but this could + race with a "read-write" operation that modifies the index while it + is running. Detect such a race and avoid overwriting the index. + (merge 426ddee ym/fix-opportunistic-index-update-race later to maint). + + * "git status" (and "git commit") behaved as if changes in a modified + submodule are not there if submodule.*.ignore configuration is set, + which was misleading. The configuration is only to unclutter diff + output during the course of development, and not to hide + changes in the "status" output to cause the users forget to commit + them. + (merge c215d3d jl/status-added-submodule-is-never-ignored later to maint). + + * Documentation for "git submodule sync" forgot to say that the subcommand + can take the "--recursive" option. + (merge 9393ae7 mc/doc-submodule-sync-recurse later to maint). + + * "git update-index --cacheinfo" in 2.0 release crashed on a + malformed command line. + (merge c8e1ee4 jc/rev-parse-argh-dashed-multi-words later to maint). + + * The mode to run tests with HTTP server tests disabled was broken. + (merge afa53fe na/no-http-test-in-the-middle later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..830fc3cc6d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +Git v2.1.1 Release Notes +======================== + + * Git 2.0 had a regression where "git fetch" into a shallowly + cloned repository from a repository with bitmap object index + enabled did not work correctly. This has been corrected. + + * Git 2.0 had a regression which broke (rarely used) "git diff-tree + -t". This has been corrected. + + * "git log --pretty/format=" with an empty format string did not + mean the more obvious "No output whatsoever" but "Use default + format", which was counterintuitive. Now it means "nothing shown + for the log message part". + + * "git -c section.var command" and "git -c section.var= command" + should pass the configuration differently (the former should be a + boolean true, the latter should be an empty string), but they + didn't work that way. Now it does. + + * Applying a patch not generated by Git in a subdirectory used to + check the whitespace breakage using the attributes for incorrect + paths. Also whitespace checks were performed even for paths + excluded via "git apply --exclude=<path>" mechanism. + + * "git bundle create" with date-range specification were meant to + exclude tags outside the range, but it did not work correctly. + + * "git add x" where x that used to be a directory has become a + symbolic link to a directory misbehaved. + + * The prompt script checked $GIT_DIR/ref/stash file to see if there + is a stash, which was a no-no. + + * "git checkout -m" did not switch to another branch while carrying + the local changes forward when a path was deleted from the index. + + * With sufficiently long refnames, fast-import could have overflown + an on-stack buffer. + + * After "pack-refs --prune" packed refs at the top-level, it failed + to prune them. + + * "git gc --auto" triggered from "git fetch --quiet" was not quiet. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..abc3b8928a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Git v2.1.2 Release Notes +======================== + + * "git push" over HTTP transport had an artificial limit on number of + refs that can be pushed imposed by the command line length. + + * When receiving an invalid pack stream that records the same object + twice, multiple threads got confused due to a race. + + * An attempt to remove the entire tree in the "git fast-import" input + stream caused it to misbehave. + + * Reachability check (used in "git prune" and friends) did not add a + detached HEAD as a starting point to traverse objects still in use. + + * "git config --add section.var val" used to lose existing + section.var whose value was an empty string. + + * "git fsck" failed to report that it found corrupt objects via its + exit status in some cases. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acc9ebb886 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +Git v2.1.3 Release Notes +======================== + + * Some MUAs mangled a line in a message that begins with "From " to + ">From " when writing to a mailbox file and feeding such an input to + "git am" used to lose such a line. + + * "git daemon" (with NO_IPV6 build configuration) used to incorrectly + use the hostname even when gethostbyname() reported that the given + hostname is not found. + + * Newer versions of 'meld' breaks the auto-detection we use to see if + they are new enough to support the `--output` option. + + * "git pack-objects" forgot to disable the codepath to generate + object recheability bitmap when it needs to split the resulting + pack. + + * "gitweb" used deprecated CGI::startfrom, which was removed from + CGI.pm as of 4.04; use CGI::start_from instead. + + * "git log" documentation had an example section marked up not + quite correctly, which passed AsciiDoc but failed with + AsciiDoctor. + +Also contains some documentation updates. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.4.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.4.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d16e5f041f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.1.4.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Git v2.1.4 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.1.3 +------------------ + + * We used to allow committing a path ".Git/config" with Git that is + running on a case sensitive filesystem, but an attempt to check out + such a path with Git that runs on a case insensitive filesystem + would have clobbered ".git/config", which is definitely not what + the user would have expected. Git now prevents you from tracking + a path with ".Git" (in any case combination) as a path component. + + * On Windows, certain path components that are different from ".git" + are mapped to ".git", e.g. "git~1/config" is treated as if it were + ".git/config". HFS+ has a similar issue, where certain unicode + codepoints are ignored, e.g. ".g\u200cit/config" is treated as if + it were ".git/config". Pathnames with these potential issues are + rejected on the affected systems. Git on systems that are not + affected by this issue (e.g. Linux) can also be configured to + reject them to ensure cross platform interoperability of the hosted + projects. + + * "git fsck" notices a tree object that records such a path that can + be confused with ".git", and with receive.fsckObjects configuration + set to true, an attempt to "git push" such a tree object will be + rejected. Such a path may not be a problem on a well behaving + filesystem but in order to protect those on HFS+ and on case + insensitive filesystems, this check is enabled on all platforms. + +A big "thanks!" for bringing this issue to us goes to our friends in +the Mercurial land, namely, Matt Mackall and Augie Fackler. + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e98ecbcff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +Git v2.2 Release Notes +====================== + +Updates since v2.1 +------------------ + +Ports + + * Building on older MacOS X systems automatically sets + the necessary NO_APPLE_COMMON_CRYPTO build-time option. + + * Building with NO_PTHREADS has been resurrected. + + * Compilation options have been updated a bit to better support the + z/OS port. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * "git archive" learned to filter what gets archived with a pathspec. + + * "git config --edit --global" starts from a skeletal per-user + configuration file contents, instead of a total blank, when the + user does not already have any global config. This immediately + reduces the need to later ask "Have you forgotten to set + core.user?", and we can add more to the template as we gain + more experience. + + * "git stash list -p" used to be almost always a no-op because each + stash entry is represented as a merge commit. It learned to show + the difference between the base commit version and the working tree + version, which is in line with what "git stash show" gives. + + * Sometimes users want to report a bug they experience on their + repository, but they are not at liberty to share the contents of + the repository. "fast-export" was taught an "--anonymize" option + to replace blob contents, names of people, paths and log + messages with bland and simple strings to help them. + + * "git difftool" learned an option to stop feeding paths to the + diff backend when it exits with a non-zero status. + + * "git grep" learned to paint (or not paint) partial matches on + context lines when showing "grep -C<num>" output in color. + + * "log --date=iso" uses a slight variant of the ISO 8601 format that is + more human readable. A new "--date=iso-strict" option gives + datetime output that conforms more strictly. + + * The logic "git prune" uses is more resilient against various corner + cases. + + * A broken reimplementation of Git could write an invalid index that + records both stage #0 and higher-stage entries for the same path. + We now notice and reject such an index, as there is no sensible + fallback (we do not know if the broken tool wanted to resolve and + forgot to remove the higher-stage entries, or if it wanted to unresolve + and forgot to remove the stage #0 entry). + + * The temporary files "git mergetool" uses are renamed to avoid too + many dots in them (e.g. a temporary file for "hello.c" used to be + named e.g. "hello.BASE.4321.c" but now uses underscore instead, + e.g. "hello_BASE_4321.c", to allow us to have multiple variants). + + * The temporary files "git mergetool" uses can be placed in a newly + created temporary directory, instead of the current directory, by + setting the mergetool.writeToTemp configuration variable. + + * "git mergetool" understands "--tool bc" now, as version 4 of + BeyondCompare can be driven the same way as its version 3 and it + feels awkward to say "--tool bc3" to run version 4. + + * The "pre-receive" and "post-receive" hooks are no longer required + to consume their input fully (not following this requirement used + to result in intermittent errors in "git push"). + + * The pretty-format specifier "%d", which expands to " (tagname)" + for a tagged commit, gained a cousin "%D" that just gives the + "tagname" without frills. + + * "git push" learned "--signed" push, that allows a push (i.e. + request to update the refs on the other side to point at a new + history, together with the transmission of necessary objects) to be + signed, so that it can be verified and audited, using the GPG + signature of the person who pushed, that the tips of branches at a + public repository really point the commits the pusher wanted to, + without having to "trust" the server. + + * "git interpret-trailers" is a new filter to programmatically edit + the tail end of the commit log messages, e.g. "Signed-off-by:". + + * "git help everyday" shows the "Everyday Git in 20 commands or so" + document, whose contents have been updated to match more modern + Git practice. + + * On the "git svn" front, work progresses to reduce memory consumption and + to improve handling of mergeinfo. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * The API to manipulate the "refs" has been restructured to make it + more transactional, with the eventual goal to allow all-or-none + atomic updates and migrating the storage to something other than + the traditional filesystem based one (e.g. databases). + + * The lockfile API and its users have been cleaned up. + + * We no longer attempt to keep track of individual dependencies to + the header files in the build procedure, relying instead on automated + dependency generation support from modern compilers. + + * In tests, we have been using NOT_{MINGW,CYGWIN} test prerequisites + long before negated prerequisites e.g. !MINGW were invented. + The former has been converted to the latter to avoid confusion. + + * Optimized looking up a remote's configuration in a repository with very many + remotes defined. + + * There are cases where you lock and open to write a file, close it + to show the updated contents to an external processes, and then have + to update the file again while still holding the lock; now the + lockfile API has support for such an access pattern. + + * The API to allocate the structure to keep track of commit + decoration has been updated to make it less cumbersome to use. + + * An in-core caching layer to let us avoid reading the same + configuration files several times has been added. A few commands + have been converted to use this subsystem. + + * Various code paths have been cleaned up and simplified by using + the "strbuf", "starts_with()", and "skip_prefix()" APIs more. + + * A few codepaths that died when large blobs that would not fit in + core are involved in their operation have been taught to punt + instead, by e.g. marking a too-large blob as not to be diffed. + + * A few more code paths in "commit" and "checkout" have been taught + to repopulate the cache-tree in the index, to help speed up later + "write-tree" (used in "commit") and "diff-index --cached" (used in + "status"). + + * A common programming mistake to assign the same short option name + to two separate options is detected by the parse_options() API to help + developers. + + * The code path to write out the packed-refs file has been optimized, + which especially matters in a repository with a large number of + refs. + + * The check to see if a ref $F can be created by making sure no + existing ref has $F/ as its prefix has been optimized, which + especially matters in a repository with a large number of existing + refs. + + * "git fsck" was taught to check the contents of tag objects a bit more. + + * "git hash-object" was taught a "--literally" option to help + debugging. + + * When running a required clean filter, we do not have to mmap the + original before feeding the filter. Instead, stream the file + contents directly to the filter and process its output. + + * The scripts in the test suite can be run with the "-x" option to show + a shell-trace of each command they run. + + * The "run-command" API learned to manage the argv and environment + arrays for child process, alleviating the need for the callers to + allocate and deallocate them. + + * Some people use AsciiDoctor, instead of AsciiDoc, to format our + documentation set; the documentation has been adjusted to be usable + by both, as AsciiDoctor is pickier than AsciiDoc about its input + mark-up. + + +Also contains various documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v2.1 +---------------- + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v2.1 in the maintenance +track are contained in this release (see the maintenance releases' +notes for details). + + * "git log --pretty/format=" with an empty format string did not + mean the more obvious "No output whatsoever" but "Use default + format", which was counterintuitive. + + * "git -c section.var command" and "git -c section.var= command" + should pass the configuration value differently (the former should be a + boolean true, the latter should be an empty string). + + * Applying a patch not generated by Git in a subdirectory used to + check for whitespace breakage using the attributes of incorrect + paths. Also whitespace checks were performed even for paths + excluded via the "git apply --exclude=<path>" mechanism. + + * "git bundle create" with a date-range specification was meant to + exclude tags outside the range, but it didn't. + + * "git add x" where x used to be a directory and is now a + symbolic link to a directory misbehaved. + + * The prompt script checked the $GIT_DIR/ref/stash file to see if there + is a stash, which was a no-no. + + * Pack-protocol documentation had a minor typo. + + * "git checkout -m" did not switch to another branch while carrying + the local changes forward when a path was deleted from the index. + + * "git daemon" (with NO_IPV6 build configuration) used to incorrectly + use the hostname even when gethostbyname() reported that the given + hostname is not found. + (merge 107efbe rs/daemon-fixes later to maint). + + * With sufficiently long refnames, "git fast-import" could have + overflowed an on-stack buffer. + + * After "pack-refs --prune" packed refs at the top-level, it failed + to prune them. + + * Progress output from "git gc --auto" was visible in "git fetch -q". + + * We used to pass -1000 to poll(2), expecting it to also mean "no + timeout", which should be spelled as -1. + + * "git rebase" documentation was unclear that it is required to + specify on what <upstream> the rebase is to be done when telling it + to first check out <branch>. + (merge 95c6826 so/rebase-doc later to maint). + + * "git push" over HTTP transport had an artificial limit on the number of + refs that can be pushed, imposed by the command line length. + (merge 26be19b jk/send-pack-many-refspecs later to maint). + + * When receiving an invalid pack stream that records the same object + twice, multiple threads got confused due to a race. + (merge ab791dd jk/index-pack-threading-races later to maint). + + * An attempt to remove the entire tree in the "git fast-import" input + stream caused it to misbehave. + (merge 2668d69 mb/fast-import-delete-root later to maint). + + * Reachability check (used in "git prune" and friends) did not add a + detached HEAD as a starting point to traverse objects still in use. + (merge c40fdd0 mk/reachable-protect-detached-head later to maint). + + * "git config --add section.var val" when section.var already has an + empty-string value used to lose the empty-string value. + (merge c1063be ta/config-add-to-empty-or-true-fix later to maint). + + * "git fsck" failed to report that it found corrupt objects via its + exit status in some cases. + (merge 30d1038 jk/fsck-exit-code-fix later to maint). + + * Use of the "--verbose" option used to break "git branch --merged". + (merge 12994dd jk/maint-branch-verbose-merged later to maint). + + * Some MUAs mangle a line in a message that begins with "From " to + ">From " when writing to a mailbox file, and feeding such an input + to "git am" used to lose such a line. + (merge 85de86a jk/mbox-from-line later to maint). + + * "rev-parse --verify --quiet $name" is meant to quietly exit with a + non-zero status when $name is not a valid object name, but still + gave error messages in some cases. + + * A handful of C source files have been updated to include + "git-compat-util.h" as the first thing, to conform better to our + coding guidelines. + (merge 1c4b660 da/include-compat-util-first-in-c later to maint). + + * The t7004 test, which tried to run Git with small stack space, has been + updated to use a bit larger stack to avoid false breakage on some + platforms. + (merge b9a1907 sk/tag-contains-wo-recursion later to maint). + + * A few documentation pages had example sections marked up not quite + correctly, which passed AsciiDoc but failed with AsciiDoctor. + (merge c30c43c bc/asciidoc-pretty-formats-fix later to maint). + (merge f8a48af bc/asciidoc later to maint). + + * "gitweb" used deprecated CGI::startfrom, which was removed from + CGI.pm as of 4.04; use CGI::start_from instead. + (merge 4750f4b rm/gitweb-start-form later to maint). + + * Newer versions of 'meld' break the auto-detection we use to see if + they are new enough to support the `--output` option. + (merge b12d045 da/mergetool-meld later to maint). + + * "git pack-objects" forgot to disable the codepath to generate the + object reachability bitmap when it needs to split the resulting + pack. + (merge 2113471 jk/pack-objects-no-bitmap-when-splitting later to maint). + + * The code to use cache-tree trusted the on-disk data too much and + fell into an infinite loop upon seeing an incorrectly recorded + index file. + (merge 729dbbd jk/cache-tree-protect-from-broken-libgit2 later to maint). + + * "git fetch" into a repository where branch B was deleted earlier, + back when it had reflog enabled, and then branch B/C is fetched + into it without reflog enabled, which is arguably an unlikely + corner case, unnecessarily failed. + (merge aae828b jk/fetch-reflog-df-conflict later to maint). + + * "git log --first-parent -L..." used to crash. + (merge a8787c5 tm/line-log-first-parent later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5a3cd9e73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +Git v2.2.1 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.2 +---------------- + + * We used to allow committing a path ".Git/config" with Git that is + running on a case sensitive filesystem, but an attempt to check out + such a path with Git that runs on a case insensitive filesystem + would have clobbered ".git/config", which is definitely not what + the user would have expected. Git now prevents you from tracking + a path with ".Git" (in any case combination) as a path component. + + * On Windows, certain path components that are different from ".git" + are mapped to ".git", e.g. "git~1/config" is treated as if it were + ".git/config". HFS+ has a similar issue, where certain unicode + codepoints are ignored, e.g. ".g\u200cit/config" is treated as if + it were ".git/config". Pathnames with these potential issues are + rejected on the affected systems. Git on systems that are not + affected by this issue (e.g. Linux) can also be configured to + reject them to ensure cross platform interoperability of the hosted + projects. + + * "git fsck" notices a tree object that records such a path that can + be confused with ".git", and with receive.fsckObjects configuration + set to true, an attempt to "git push" such a tree object will be + rejected. Such a path may not be a problem on a well behaving + filesystem but in order to protect those on HFS+ and on case + insensitive filesystems, this check is enabled on all platforms. + +A big "thanks!" for bringing this issue to us goes to our friends in +the Mercurial land, namely, Matt Mackall and Augie Fackler. + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b19a35d94f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.2.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +Git v2.2.2 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.2.1 +------------------ + + * "git checkout $treeish $path", when $path in the index and the + working tree already matched what is in $treeish at the $path, + still overwrote the $path unnecessarily. + + * "git config --get-color" did not parse its command line arguments + carefully. + + * open() emulated on Windows platforms did not give EISDIR upon + an attempt to open a directory for writing. + + * A few code paths used abs() when they should have used labs() on + long integers. + + * "gitweb" used to depend on a behaviour recent CGI.pm deprecated. + + * "git init" (hence "git clone") initialized the per-repository + configuration file .git/config with x-bit by mistake. + + * Git 2.0 was supposed to make the "simple" mode for the default of + "git push", but it didn't. + + * "Everyday" document had a broken link. + + * The build procedure did not bother fixing perl and python scripts + when NO_PERL and NO_PYTHON build-time configuration changed. + + * The code that reads the reflog from the newer to the older entries + did not handle an entry that crosses a boundary of block it uses to + read them correctly. + + * "git apply" was described in the documentation to take --ignore-date + option, which it does not. + + * Traditionally we tried to avoid interpreting date strings given by + the user as future dates, e.g. GIT_COMMITTER_DATE=2014-12-10 when + used early November 2014 was taken as "October 12, 2014" because it + is likely that a date in the future, December 10, is a mistake. + This heuristics has been loosened to allow people to express future + dates (most notably, --until=<date> may want to be far in the + future) and we no longer tiebreak by future-ness of the date when + + (1) ISO-like format is used, and + (2) the string can make sense interpreted as both y-m-d and y-d-m. + + Git may still have to use the heuristics to tiebreak between dd/mm/yy + and mm/dd/yy, though. + + * The code to abbreviate an object name to its short unique prefix + has been optimized when no abbreviation was requested. + + * "git add --ignore-errors ..." did not ignore an error to + give a file that did not exist. + + * Git did not correctly read an overlong refname from a packed refs + file. + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3c639c840 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +Git v2.3 Release Notes +====================== + +This one ended up to be a release with lots of small corrections and +improvements without big uncomfortably exciting features. The recent +security fix that went to 2.2.1 and older maintenance tracks is also +contained in this update. + + +Updates since v2.2 +------------------ + +Ports + + * Recent gcc toolchain on Cygwin started throwing compilation warning, + which has been squelched. + + * A few updates to build on platforms that lack tv_nsec, + clock_gettime, CLOCK_MONOTONIC and HMAC_CTX_cleanup (e.g. older + RHEL) have been added. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * It was cumbersome to use "GIT_SSH" mechanism when the user wanted + to pass an extra set of arguments to the underlying ssh. A new + environment variable GIT_SSH_COMMAND can be used for this. + + * A request to store an empty note via "git notes" meant to remove + note from the object but with --allow-empty we will store a + (surprise!) note that is empty. + + * "git interpret-trailers" learned to properly handle the + "Conflicts:" block at the end. + + * "git am" learned "--message-id" option to copy the message ID of + the incoming e-mail to the log message of resulting commit. + + * "git clone --reference=<over there>" learned the "--dissociate" + option to go with it; it borrows objects from the reference object + store while cloning only to reduce network traffic and then + dissociates the resulting clone from the reference by performing + local copies of borrowed objects. + + * "git send-email" learned "--transfer-encoding" option to force a + non-fault Content-Transfer-Encoding header (e.g. base64). + + * "git send-email" normally identifies itself via X-Mailer: header in + the message it sends out. A new command line flag --no-xmailer + allows the user to squelch the header. + + * "git push" into a repository with a working tree normally refuses + to modify the branch that is checked out. The command learned to + optionally do an equivalent of "git reset --hard" only when there + is no change to the working tree and the index instead, which would + be useful to "deploy" by pushing into a repository. + + * "git new-workdir" (in contrib/) can be used to populate an empty + and existing directory now. + + * Credential helpers are asked in turn until one of them give + positive response, which is cumbersome to turn off when you need to + run Git in an automated setting. The credential helper interface + learned to allow a helper to say "stop, don't ask other helpers." + Also GIT_TERMINAL_PROMPT environment can be set to false to disable + our built-in prompt mechanism for passwords. + + * "git branch -d" (delete) and "git branch -m" (move) learned to + honor "-f" (force) flag; unlike many other subcommands, the way to + force these have been with separate "-D/-M" options, which was + inconsistent. + + * "diff-highlight" filter (in contrib/) allows its color output to be + customized via configuration variables. + + * "git imap-send" learned to take "-v" (verbose) and "-q" (quiet) + command line options. + + * "git remote add $name $URL" is now allowed when "url.$URL.insteadOf" + is already defined. + + * "git imap-send" now can be built to use cURL library to talk to + IMAP servers (if the library is recent enough, of course). + This allows you to use authenticate method other than CRAM-MD5, + among other things. + + * "git imap-send" now allows GIT_CURL_VERBOSE environment variable to + control the verbosity when talking via the cURL library. + + * The prompt script (in contrib/) learned to optionally hide prompt + when in an ignored directory by setting GIT_PS1_HIDE_IF_PWD_IGNORED + shell variable. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * Earlier we made "rev-list --object-edge" more aggressively list the + objects at the edge commits, in order to reduce number of objects　 + fetched into a shallow repository, but the change affected cases + other than "fetching into a shallow repository" and made it + unusably slow (e.g. fetching into a normal repository should not + have to suffer the overhead from extra processing). Limit it to a + more specific case by introducing --objects-edge-aggressive, a new + option to rev-list. + + * Squelched useless compiler warnings on Mac OS X regarding the + crypto API. + + * The procedure to generate unicode table has been simplified. + + * Some filesystems assign filemodes in a strange way, fooling then + automatic "filemode trustability" check done during a new + repository creation. The initialization codepath has been hardened + against this issue. + + * The codepath in "git remote update --prune" to drop many refs has + been optimized. + + * The API into get_merge_bases*() family of functions was easy to + misuse, which has been corrected to make it harder to do so. + + * Long overdue departure from the assumption that S_IFMT is shared by + everybody made in 2005, which was necessary to port to z/OS. + + * "git push" and "git fetch" did not communicate an overlong refname + correctly. Now it uses 64kB sideband to accommodate longer ones. + + * Recent GPG changes the keyring format and drops support for RFC1991 + formatted signatures, breaking our existing tests. + + * "git-prompt" (in contrib/) used a variable from the global scope, + possibly contaminating end-user's namespace. + + +Also contains various documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v2.2 +---------------- + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v2.2 in the maintenance +track are contained in this release (see the maintenance releases' +notes for details). + + * "git http-push" over WebDAV (aka dumb http-push) was broken in + v2.2.2 when parsing a symbolic ref, resulting in a bogus request + that gets rejected by recent versions of cURL library. + (merge f6786c8 jk/http-push-symref-fix later to maint). + + * The logic in "git bisect bad HEAD" etc. to avoid forcing the test + of the common ancestor of bad and good commits was broken. + (merge 07913d5 cc/bisect-rev-parsing later to maint). + + * "git checkout-index --temp=$target $path" did not work correctly + for paths outside the current subdirectory in the project. + (merge 74c4de5 es/checkout-index-temp later to maint). + + * The report from "git checkout" on a branch that builds on another + local branch by setting its branch.*.merge to branch name (not a + full refname) incorrectly said that the upstream is gone. + (merge 05e7368 jc/checkout-local-track-report later to maint). + + * With The git-prompt support (in contrib/), using the exit status of + the last command in the prompt, e.g. PS1='$(__git_ps1) $? ', did + not work well, because the helper function stomped on the exit + status. + (merge 6babe76 tf/prompt-preserve-exit-status later to maint). + + * Recent update to "git commit" broke amending an existing commit + with bogus author/committer lines without a valid e-mail address. + (merge c83a509 jk/commit-date-approxidate later to maint). + + * The lockfile API used to get confused which file to clean up when + the process moved the $cwd after creating a lockfile. + (merge fa137f6 nd/lockfile-absolute later to maint). + + * Traditionally we tried to avoid interpreting date strings given by + the user as future dates, e.g. GIT_COMMITTER_DATE=2014-12-10 when + used early November 2014 was taken as "October 12, 2014" because it + is likely that a date in the future, December 10, is a mistake. + This heuristics has been loosened to allow people to express future + dates (most notably, --until=<date> may want to be far in the + future) and we no longer tiebreak by future-ness of the date when + + (1) ISO-like format is used, and + (2) the string can make sense interpreted as both y-m-d and y-d-m. + + Git may still have to use the heuristics to tiebreak between dd/mm/yy + and mm/dd/yy, though. + (merge d372395 jk/approxidate-avoid-y-d-m-over-future-dates later to maint). + + * Git did not correctly read an overlong refname from a packed refs + file. + (merge ea41783 jk/read-packed-refs-without-path-max later to maint). + + * "git apply" was described in the documentation to take --ignore-date + option, which it does not. + (merge 0cef4e7 rw/apply-does-not-take-ignore-date later to maint). + + * "git add -i" did not notice when the interactive command input + stream went away and kept asking the same question. + (merge a8bec7a jk/add-i-read-error later to maint). + + * "git send-email" did not handle RFC 2047 encoded headers quite + right. + (merge ab47e2a rd/send-email-2047-fix later to maint). + + * New tag object format validation added in 2.2 showed garbage after + a tagname it reported in its error message. + (merge a1e920a js/fsck-tag-validation later to maint). + + * The code that reads the reflog from the newer to the older entries + did not handle an entry that crosses a boundary of block it uses to + read them correctly. + (merge 69216bf jk/for-each-reflog-ent-reverse later to maint). + + * "git diff -B -M" after making a new copy B out of an existing file + A and then editing A extensively ought to report that B was created + by copying A and A was modified, which is what "git diff -C" + reports, but it instead said A was renamed to B and A was edited + heavily in place. This was not just incoherent but also failed to + apply with "git apply". The report has been corrected to match what + "git diff -C" produces for this case. + (merge 6936b58 jc/diff-b-m later to maint). + + * In files we pre-populate for the user to edit with commented hints, + a line of hint that is indented with a tab used to show as '#' (or + any comment char), ' ' (space), and then the hint text that began + with the tab, which some editors flag as an indentation error (tab + following space). We now omit the space after the comment char in + such a case. + (merge d55aeb7 jc/strbuf-add-lines-avoid-sp-ht-sequence later to maint). + + * "git ls-tree" does not support path selection based on negative + pathspecs, but did not error out when negative pathspecs are given. + (merge f1f6224 nd/ls-tree-pathspec later to maint). + + * The function sometimes returned a non-freeable memory and some + other times returned a piece of memory that must be freed, leading + to inevitable leaks. + (merge 59362e5 jc/exec-cmd-system-path-leak-fix later to maint). + + * The code to abbreviate an object name to its short unique prefix + has been optimized when no abbreviation was requested. + (merge 61e704e mh/find-uniq-abbrev later to maint). + + * "git add --ignore-errors ..." did not ignore an error to + give a file that did not exist. + (merge 1d31e5a mg/add-ignore-errors later to maint). + + * "git checkout $treeish $path", when $path in the index and the + working tree already matched what is in $treeish at the $path, + still overwrote the $path unnecessarily. + (merge c5326bd jk/checkout-from-tree later to maint). + + * "git config --get-color" did not parse its command line arguments + carefully. + (merge cb35722 jk/colors-fix later to maint). + + * open() emulated on Windows platforms did not give EISDIR upon + an attempt to open a directory for writing. + (merge ba6fad0 js/windows-open-eisdir-error later to maint). + + * A few code paths used abs() when they should have used labs() on + long integers. + (merge 83915ba rs/maint-config-use-labs later to maint). + (merge 31a8aa1 rs/receive-pack-use-labs later to maint). + + * "gitweb" used to depend on a behaviour recent CGI.pm deprecated. + (merge 13dbf46 jk/gitweb-with-newer-cgi-multi-param later to maint). + + * "git init" (hence "git clone") initialized the per-repository + configuration file .git/config with x-bit by mistake. + (merge 1f32ecf mh/config-flip-xbit-back-after-checking later to maint). + + * Recent update in Git 2.2 started creating objects/info/packs and + info/refs files with permission bits tighter than user's umask. + (merge d91175b jk/prune-packed-server-info later to maint). + + * Git 2.0 was supposed to make the "simple" mode for the default of + "git push", but it didn't. + (merge 00a6fa0 jk/push-simple later to maint). + + * "Everyday" document had a broken link. + (merge 366c8d4 po/everyday-doc later to maint). + + * A few test fixes. + (merge 880ef58 jk/no-perl-tests later to maint). + + * The build procedure did not bother fixing perl and python scripts + when NO_PERL and NO_PYTHON build-time configuration changed. + (merge ca2051d jk/rebuild-perl-scripts-with-no-perl-seting-change later to maint). + + * The usage string of "git log" command was marked incorrectly for + l10n. + (merge e66dc0c km/log-usage-string-i18n later to maint). + + * "git for-each-ref" mishandled --format="%(upstream:track)" when a + branch is marked to have forked from a non-existing branch. + (merge b6160d9 rc/for-each-ref-tracking later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.1.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.1.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cf96186288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.1.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +Git v2.3.1 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.3 +---------------- + + * The interactive "show a list and let the user choose from it" + interface "add -i" used showed and prompted to the user even when + the candidate list was empty, against which the only "choice" the + user could have made was to choose nothing. + + * "git apply --whitespace=fix" used to under-allocate the memory + when the fix resulted in a longer text than the original patch. + + * "git log --help" used to show rev-list options that are irrelevant + to the "log" command. + + * The error message from "git commit", when a non-existing author + name was given as value to the "--author=" parameter, has been + reworded to avoid misunderstanding. + + * A broken pack .idx file in the receiving repository prevented the + dumb http transport from fetching a good copy of it from the other + side. + + * The documentation incorrectly said that C(opy) and R(ename) are the + only ones that can be followed by the score number in the output in + the --raw format. + + * Fix a misspelled conditional that is always true. + + * Code to read branch name from various files in .git/ directory + would have misbehaved if the code to write them left an empty file. + + * The "git push" documentation made the "--repo=<there>" option + easily misunderstood. + + * After attempting and failing a password-less authentication + (e.g. kerberos), libcURL refuses to fall back to password based + Basic authentication without a bit of help/encouragement. + + * Setting diff.submodule to 'log' made "git format-patch" produce + broken patches. + + * "git rerere" (invoked internally from many mergy operations) did + not correctly signal errors when told to update the working tree + files and failed to do so for whatever reason. + + * "git blame HEAD -- missing" failed to correctly say "HEAD" when it + tried to say "No such path 'missing' in HEAD". + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.2.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.2.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4caf54927 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.2.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +Git v2.3.2 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.3.1 +------------------ + + * "update-index --refresh" used to leak when an entry cannot be + refreshed for whatever reason. + + * "git fast-import" used to crash when it could not close and + conclude the resulting packfile cleanly. + + * "git blame" died, trying to free an uninitialized piece of memory. + + * "git merge-file" did not work correctly in a subdirectory. + + * "git submodule add" failed to squash "path/to/././submodule" to + "path/to/submodule". + + * In v2.2.0, we broke "git prune" that runs in a repository that + borrows from an alternate object store. + + * Certain older vintages of cURL give irregular output from + "curl-config --vernum", which confused our build system. + + * An earlier workaround to squelch unhelpful deprecation warnings + from the complier on Mac OSX unnecessarily set minimum required + version of the OS, which the user might want to raise (or lower) + for other reasons. + + * Longstanding configuration variable naming rules has been added to + the documentation. + + * The credential helper for Windows (in contrib/) used to mishandle + a user name with an at-sign in it. + + * Older GnuPG implementations may not correctly import the keyring + material we prepare for the tests to use. + + * Clarify in the documentation that "remote.<nick>.pushURL" and + "remote.<nick>.URL" are there to name the same repository accessed + via different transports, not two separate repositories. + + * The pack bitmap support did not build with older versions of GCC. + + * Reading configuration from a blob object, when it ends with a lone + CR, use to confuse the configuration parser. + + * We didn't format an integer that wouldn't fit in "int" but in + "uintmax_t" correctly. + + * "git push --signed" gave an incorrectly worded error message when + the other side did not support the capability. + + * "git fetch" over a remote-helper that cannot respond to "list" + command could not fetch from a symbolic reference e.g. HEAD. + + * The insn sheet "git rebase -i" creates did not fully honor + core.abbrev settings. + + * The tests that wanted to see that file becomes unreadable after + running "chmod a-r file", and the tests that wanted to make sure it + is not run as root, we used "can we write into the / directory?" as + a cheap substitute, but on some platforms that is not a good + heuristics. The tests and their prerequisites have been updated to + check what they really require. + + * The configuration variable 'mailinfo.scissors' was hard to + discover in the documentation. + + * Correct a breakage to git-svn around v2.2 era that triggers + premature closing of FileHandle. + + * Even though we officially haven't dropped Perl 5.8 support, the + Getopt::Long package that came with it does not support "--no-" + prefix to negate a boolean option; manually add support to help + people with older Getopt::Long package. + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5ef12644c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.3.3.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Git v2.3.3 Release Notes +======================== + +Fixes since v2.3.2 +------------------ + + * A corrupt input to "git diff -M" used cause us to segfault. + + * The borrowed code in kwset API did not follow our usual convention + to use "unsigned char" to store values that range from 0-255. + + * Description given by "grep -h" for its --exclude-standard option + was phrased poorly. + + * Documentaton for "git remote add" mentioned "--tags" and + "--no-tags" and it was not clear that fetch from the remote in + the future will use the default behaviour when neither is given + to override it. + + * "git diff --shortstat --dirstat=changes" showed a dirstat based on + lines that was never asked by the end user in addition to the + dirstat that the user asked for. + + * The interaction between "git submodule update" and the + submodule.*.update configuration was not clearly documented. + + * "git apply" was not very careful about reading from, removing, + updating and creating paths outside the working tree (under + --index/--cached) or the current directory (when used as a + replacement for GNU patch). + + * "git daemon" looked up the hostname even when "%CH" and "%IP" + interpolations are not requested, which was unnecessary. + + * The "interpolated-path" option of "git daemon" inserted any string + client declared on the "host=" capability request without checking. + Sanitize and limit %H and %CH to a saner and a valid DNS name. + +Also contains typofixes, documentation updates and trivial code clean-ups. diff --git a/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.0.txt b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca149dac34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/RelNotes/2.4.0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +Git 2.4 Release Notes +===================== + +Backward compatibility warning(s) +--------------------------------- + +Output from "git log --decorate" (and "%d" format specifier used in +the userformat "--format=<string>" parameter "git log" family of +command takes) used to list "HEAD" just like other tips of branch +names, separated with a comma in between. E.g. + + $ git log --decorate -1 master + commit bdb0f6788fa5e3cacc4315e9ff318a27b2676ff4 (HEAD, master) + ... + +This release updates the output slightly when HEAD refers to the tip +of a branch whose name is also shown in the output. The above is +shown as: + + $ git log --decorate -1 master + commit bdb0f6788fa5e3cacc4315e9ff318a27b2676ff4 (HEAD -> master) + ... + + + + +Updates since v2.3 +------------------ + +Ports + + * Our default I/O size (8 MiB) for large files was too large for some + platforms with smaller SSIZE_MAX, leading to read(2)/write(2) + failures. + + * We did not check the curl library version before using + CURLOPT_PROXYAUTH feature that may not exist. + + * We now detect number of CPUs on older BSD-derived systems. + + * Portability fixes and workarounds for shell scripts have been added + to help BSD-derived systems. + + +UI, Workflows & Features + + * The command usage info strings given by "git cmd -h" and in + documentation have been tweaked for consistency. + + * The "sync" subcommand of "git p4" now allows users to exclude + subdirectories like its "clone" subcommand does. + + * "git log --invert-grep --grep=WIP" will show only commits that do + not have the string "WIP" in their messages. + + * "git push" has been taught a "--atomic" option that makes push to + update more than one ref an "all-or-none" affair. + + * Extending the "push to deploy" added in 2.3, the behaviour of "git + push" when updating the branch that is checked out can now be + tweaked by push-to-checkout hook. + + * Using environment variable LANGUAGE and friends on the client side, + HTTP-based transports now send Accept-Language when making requests. + + * "git send-email" used to accept a mistaken "y" (or "yes") as an + answer to "What encoding do you want to use [UTF-8]? " without + questioning. Now it asks for confirmation when the answer looks + too short to be a valid encoding name. + + * When "git apply --whitespace=fix" fixed whitespace errors in the + common context lines, the command reports that it did so. + + * "git status" now allows the "-v" to be given twice to show the + differences that are left in the working tree not to be committed. + + * "git cherry-pick" used to clean-up the log message even when it is + merely replaying an existing commit. It now replays the message + verbatim unless you are editing the message of resulting commits. + + * "git archive" can now be told to set the 'text' attribute in the + resulting zip archive. + + * Output from "git log --decorate" mentions HEAD when it points at a + tip of an branch differently from a detached HEAD. + + This is a potentially backward-incompatible change. + + * "git branch" on a detached HEAD always said "(detached from xyz)", + even when "git status" would report "detached at xyz". The HEAD is + actually at xyz and haven't been moved since it was detached in + such a case, but the user cannot read what the current value of + HEAD is when "detached from" is used. + (merge 4b06318 mg/detached-head-report later to maint). + + * "git -C '' subcmd" refused to work in the current directory, unlike + "cd ''" which silently behaves as a no-op. + (merge 6a536e2 kn/git-cd-to-empty later to maint). + + * The versionsort.prerelease configuration variable can be used to + specify that v1.0-pre1 comes before v1.0. + + +Performance, Internal Implementation, Development Support etc. + + * Implementation of N_() macro has been updated slightly to help us + detect mistakes. + + * Implementation of "reflog expire" has been restructured to fit the + reflogs better with the recently updated ref API. + + * The transport-helper did not give transport options such as + verbosity, progress, cloning, etc. to import and export based + helpers, like it did for fetch and push based helpers, robbing them + the chance to honor the wish of the end-users better. + + * The tests that wanted to see that file becomes unreadable after + running "chmod a-r file", and the tests that wanted to make sure it + is not run as root, we used "can we write into the / directory?" as + a cheap substitute, but on some platforms that is not a good + heuristics. The tests and their prerequisites have been updated to + check what they really require. + (merge f400e51 jk/sanity later to maint). + + * Various issues around "reflog expire", e.g. using --updateref when + expiring a reflog for a symbolic reference, have been corrected + and/or made saner. + + * The strbuf API was explained between the API documentation and in + the header file. Move missing bits to strbuf.h so that programmers + can check only one place for all necessary information. + + * The error handling functions and conventions are now documented in + the API manual. + + * Optimize attribute look-up, mostly useful in "git grep" on a + project that does not use many attributes, by avoiding it when we + (should) know that the attributes are not defined in the first + place. + + * Typofix in comments. + (merge ef2956a ak/git-pm-typofix later to maint). + + * Code clean-up. + (merge 0b868f0 sb/hex-object-name-is-at-most-41-bytes-long later to maint). + (merge 5d30851 dp/remove-duplicated-header-inclusion later to maint). + + * Simplify the ref transaction API around how "the ref should be + pointing at this object" is specified. + + * Code in "git daemon" to parse out and hold hostnames used in + request interpolation has been simplified. + + +Also contains various documentation updates and code clean-ups. + + +Fixes since v2.3 +---------------- + +Unless otherwise noted, all the fixes since v2.3 in the maintenance +track are contained in this release (see the maintenance releases' +notes for details). + + * "git blame HEAD -- missing" failed to correctly say "HEAD" when it + tried to say "No such path 'missing' in HEAD". + (merge a46442f jk/blame-commit-label later to maint). + + * "git rerere" (invoked internally from many mergy operations) did + not correctly signal errors when told to update the working tree + files and failed to do so for whatever reason. + (merge 89ea903 jn/rerere-fail-on-auto-update-failure later to maint). + + * Setting diff.submodule to 'log' made "git format-patch" produce + broken patches. + (merge 339de50 dk/format-patch-ignore-diff-submodule later to maint). + + * After attempting and failing a password-less authentication + (e.g. kerberos), libcURL refuses to fall back to password based + Basic authentication without a bit of help/encouragement. + (merge 4dbe664 bc/http-fallback-to-password-after-krb-fails later to maint). + + * The "git push" documentation made the "--repo=<there>" option + easily misunderstood. + (merge 57b92a7 mg/push-repo-option-doc later to maint). + + * Code to read branch name from various files in .git/ directory + would have misbehaved if the code to write them left an empty file. + (merge 66ec904 jk/status-read-branch-name-fix later to maint). + + * A misspelled conditional that is always true has been fixed. + (merge 94ee8e2 jk/remote-curl-an-array-in-struct-cannot-be-null later to maint). + + * The documentation incorrectly said that C(opy) and R(ename) are the + only ones that can be followed by the score number in the output in + the --raw format. + (merge ac1c2d9 jc/diff-format-doc later to maint). + + * A broken pack .idx file in the receiving repository prevented the + dumb http transport from fetching a good copy of it from the other + side. + (merge 8b9c2dd jk/dumb-http-idx-fetch-fix later to maint). + + * The error message from "git commit", when a non-existing author + name was given as value to the "--author=" parameter, has been + reworded to avoid misunderstanding. + (merge 1044b1f mg/commit-author-no-match-malformed-message later to maint). + + * "git log --help" used to show rev-list options that are irrelevant + to the "log" command. + (merge 3cab02d jc/doc-log-rev-list-options later to maint). + + * "git apply --whitespace=fix" used to under-allocate the memory when + the fix resulted in a longer text than the original patch. + (merge 407a792 jc/apply-ws-fix-expands later to maint). + + * The interactive "show a list and let the user choose from it" + interface "add -i" used showed and prompted to the user even when + the candidate list was empty, against which the only "choice" the + user could have made was to choose nothing. + (merge a9c4641 ak/add-i-empty-candidates later to maint). + + * The insn sheet "git rebase -i" creates did not fully honor + core.abbrev settings. + (merge edb72d5 ks/rebase-i-abbrev later to maint). + + * "git fetch" over a remote-helper that cannot respond to "list" + command could not fetch from a symbolic reference e.g. HEAD. + (merge 33cae54 mh/deref-symref-over-helper-transport later to maint). + + * "git push --signed" gave an incorrectly worded error message when + the other side did not support the capability. + (merge 45917f0 jc/push-cert later to maint). + + * We didn't format an integer that wouldn't fit in "int" but in + "uintmax_t" correctly. + (merge d306f3d jk/decimal-width-for-uintmax later to maint). + + * Reading configuration from a blob object, when it ends with a lone + CR, use to confuse the configuration parser. + (merge 1d0655c jk/config-no-ungetc-eof later to maint). + + * The pack bitmap support did not build with older versions of GCC. + (merge bd4e882 jk/pack-bitmap later to maint). + + * The documentation wasn't clear that "remote.<nick>.pushURL" and + "remote.<nick>.URL" are there to name the same repository accessed + via different transports, not two separate repositories. + (merge 697f652 jc/remote-set-url-doc later to maint). + + * Older GnuPG implementations may not correctly import the keyring + material we prepare for the tests to use. + (merge 1f985d6 ch/new-gpg-drops-rfc-1991 later to maint). + + * The credential helper for Windows (in contrib/) used to mishandle + a user name with an at-sign in it. + (merge 13d261e av/wincred-with-at-in-username-fix later to maint). + + * Longstanding configuration variable naming rules has been added to + the documentation. + (merge 35840a3 jc/conf-var-doc later to maint). + + * An earlier workaround to squelch unhelpful deprecation warnings + from the complier on Mac OSX unnecessarily set minimum required + version of the OS, which the user might want to raise (or lower) + for other reasons. + (merge 88c03eb es/squelch-openssl-warnings-on-macosx later to maint). + + * Certain older vintages of cURL give irregular output from + "curl-config --vernum", which confused our build system. + (merge 3af6792 tc/curl-vernum-output-broken-in-7.11 later to maint). + + * In v2.2.0, we broke "git prune" that runs in a repository that + borrows from an alternate object store. + (merge b0a4264 jk/prune-mtime later to maint). + + * "git submodule add" failed to squash "path/to/././submodule" to + "path/to/submodule". + (merge 8196e72 ps/submodule-sanitize-path-upon-add later to maint). + + * "git merge-file" did not work correctly in a subdirectory. + (merge 204a8ff ab/merge-file-prefix later to maint). + + * "git blame" died, trying to free an uninitialized piece of memory. + (merge e600592 es/blame-commit-info-fix later to maint). + + * "git fast-import" used to crash when it could not close and + conclude the resulting packfile cleanly. + (merge 5e915f3 jk/fast-import-die-nicely-fix later to maint). + + * "update-index --refresh" used to leak when an entry cannot be + refreshed for whatever reason. + (merge bc1c2ca sb/plug-leak-in-make-cache-entry later to maint). + + * The "interpolated-path" option of "git daemon" inserted any string + client declared on the "host=" capability request without checking. + Sanitize and limit %H and %CH to a saner and a valid DNS name. + (merge b485373 jk/daemon-interpolate later to maint). + + * "git daemon" looked up the hostname even when "%CH" and "%IP" + interpolations are not requested, which was unnecessary. + (merge dc8edc8 rs/daemon-interpolate later to maint). + + * Even though we officially haven't dropped Perl 5.8 support, the + Getopt::Long package that came with it does not support "--no-" + prefix to negate a boolean option; manually add support to help + people with older Getopt::Long package. + (merge f471494 km/send-email-getopt-long-workarounds later to maint). + + * "git apply" was not very careful about reading from, removing, + updating and creating paths outside the working tree (under + --index/--cached) or the current directory (when used as a + replacement for GNU patch). + (merge e0d201b jc/apply-beyond-symlink later to maint). + + * A breakage to git-svn around v2.2 era that triggers premature + closing of FileHandle has been corrected. + (merge e426311 ew/svn-maint-fixes later to maint). + + * We did not parse username followed by literal IPv6 address in SSH + transport URLs, e.g. ssh://user@[2001:db8::1]:22/repo.git + correctly. + (merge 3f55cca tb/connect-ipv6-parse-fix later to maint). + + * The configuration variable 'mailinfo.scissors' was hard to + discover in the documentation. + (merge afb5de7 mm/am-c-doc later to maint). + + * The interaction between "git submodule update" and the + submodule.*.update configuration was not clearly documented. + (merge 5c31acf ms/submodule-update-config-doc later to maint). + + * "git diff --shortstat --dirstat=changes" showed a dirstat based on + lines that was never asked by the end user in addition to the + dirstat that the user asked for. + (merge ab27389 mk/diff-shortstat-dirstat-fix later to maint). + + * "git remote add" mentioned "--tags" and "--no-tags" and was not + clear that fetch from the remote in the future will use the default + behaviour when neither is given to override it. + (merge aaba0ab mg/doc-remote-tags-or-not later to maint). + + * Description given by "grep -h" for its --exclude-standard option + was phrased poorly. + (merge 77fdb8a nd/grep-exclude-standard-help-fix later to maint). + + * "git rebase -i" recently started to include the number of + commits in the insn sheet to be processed, but on a platform + that prepends leading whitespaces to "wc -l" output, the numbers + are shown with extra whitespaces that aren't necessary. + (merge 2185d3b es/rebase-i-count-todo later to maint). + + * The borrowed code in kwset API did not follow our usual convention + to use "unsigned char" to store values that range from 0-255. + (merge 189c860 bw/kwset-use-unsigned later to maint). + + * A corrupt input to "git diff -M" used to cause it to segfault. + (merge 4d6be03 jk/diffcore-rename-duplicate later to maint). + + * Certain builds of GPG triggered false breakages in a test. + (merge 3f88c1b mg/verify-commit later to maint). + + * "git imap-send" learned to optionally talk with an IMAP server via + libcURL; because there is no other option when Git is built with + NO_OPENSSL option, use that codepath by default under such + configuration. + (merge dcd01ea km/imap-send-libcurl-options later to maint). + + * "git log --decorate" did not reset colors correctly around the + branch names. + (merge 5ee8758 jc/decorate-leaky-separator-color later to maint). + + * Code cleanups and documentaiton updates. + (merge 2ce63e9 rs/simple-cleanups later to maint). + (merge 33baa69 rj/no-xopen-source-for-cygwin later to maint). + (merge 817d03e jc/diff-test-updates later to maint). + (merge eb32c66 ak/t5516-typofix later to maint). + (merge bcd57cb mr/doc-clean-f-f later to maint). + (merge 0d6accc mg/doc-status-color-slot later to maint). + (merge 53e53c7 sg/completion-remote later to maint). + (merge 8fa7975 ak/git-done-help-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 9a6f128 rs/deflate-init-cleanup later to maint). + (merge 6f75d45 rs/use-isxdigit later to maint). diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index e6d46edbe7..ef0eeb40cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -57,7 +57,8 @@ change, the approach taken by the change, and if relevant how this differs substantially from the prior version, are all good things to have. -Make sure that you have tests for the bug you are fixing. +Make sure that you have tests for the bug you are fixing. See +t/README for guidance. When adding a new feature, make sure that you have new tests to show the feature triggers the new behaviour when it should, and to show the @@ -175,8 +176,11 @@ message starts, you can put a "From: " line to name that person. You often want to add additional explanation about the patch, other than the commit message itself. Place such "cover letter" -material between the three dash lines and the diffstat. Git-notes -can also be inserted using the `--notes` option. +material between the three-dash line and the diffstat. For +patches requiring multiple iterations of review and discussion, +an explanation of changes between each iteration can be kept in +Git-notes and inserted automatically following the three-dash +line via `git format-patch --notes`. Do not attach the patch as a MIME attachment, compressed or not. Do not let your e-mail client send quoted-printable. Do not let @@ -254,15 +258,15 @@ pretty simple: if you can certify the below: person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified it. - (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution - are public and that a record of the contribution (including all - personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is - maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with - this project or the open source license(s) involved. + (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution + are public and that a record of the contribution (including all + personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is + maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with + this project or the open source license(s) involved. then you just add a line saying - Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.example.org> + Signed-off-by: Random J Developer <random@developer.example.org> This line can be automatically added by Git if you run the git-commit command with the -s option. @@ -337,7 +341,7 @@ suggests to the contributors: spend their time to improve your patch. Go back to step (2). (4) The list forms consensus that the last round of your patch is - good. Send it to the list and cc the maintainer. + good. Send it to the maintainer and cc the list. (5) A topic branch is created with the patch and is merged to 'next', and cooked further and eventually graduates to 'master'. diff --git a/Documentation/blame-options.txt b/Documentation/blame-options.txt index 0cebc4f692..b299b59023 100644 --- a/Documentation/blame-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/blame-options.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ --root:: Do not treat root commits as boundaries. This can also be - controlled via the `blame.showroot` config option. + controlled via the `blame.showRoot` config option. --show-stats:: Include additional statistics at the end of blame output. diff --git a/Documentation/config.txt b/Documentation/config.txt index 0c32597639..2e5ceaf719 100644 --- a/Documentation/config.txt +++ b/Documentation/config.txt @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ the fully qualified variable name of the variable itself is the last dot-separated segment and the section name is everything before the last dot. The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters and `-`, and must start with an alphabetic character. Some -variables may appear multiple times. +variables may appear multiple times; we say then that the variable is +multivalued. Syntax ~~~~~~ @@ -25,7 +26,7 @@ blank lines are ignored. The file consists of sections and variables. A section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues until the next -section begins. Section names are not case sensitive. Only alphanumeric +section begins. Section names are case-insensitive. Only alphanumeric characters, `-` and `.` are allowed in section names. Each variable must belong to some section, which means that there must be a section header before the first setting of a variable. @@ -40,8 +41,8 @@ in the section header, like in the example below: -------- Subsection names are case sensitive and can contain any characters except -newline (doublequote `"` and backslash have to be escaped as `\"` and `\\`, -respectively). Section headers cannot span multiple +newline (doublequote `"` and backslash can be included by escaping them +as `\"` and `\\`, respectively). Section headers cannot span multiple lines. Variables may belong directly to a section or to a given subsection. You can have `[section]` if you have `[section "subsection"]`, but you don't need to. @@ -53,38 +54,27 @@ restrictions as section names. All the other lines (and the remainder of the line after the section header) are recognized as setting variables, in the form -'name = value'. If there is no equal sign on the line, the entire line -is taken as 'name' and the variable is recognized as boolean "true". +'name = value' (or just 'name', which is a short-hand to say that +the variable is the boolean "true"). The variable names are case-insensitive, allow only alphanumeric characters -and `-`, and must start with an alphabetic character. There can be more -than one value for a given variable; we say then that the variable is -multivalued. +and `-`, and must start with an alphabetic character. -Leading and trailing whitespace in a variable value is discarded. -Internal whitespace within a variable value is retained verbatim. +A line that defines a value can be continued to the next line by +ending it with a `\`; the backquote and the end-of-line are +stripped. Leading whitespaces after 'name =', the remainder of the +line after the first comment character '#' or ';', and trailing +whitespaces of the line are discarded unless they are enclosed in +double quotes. Internal whitespaces within the value are retained +verbatim. -The values following the equals sign in variable assign are all either -a string, an integer, or a boolean. Boolean values may be given as yes/no, -1/0, true/false or on/off. Case is not significant in boolean values, when -converting value to the canonical form using '--bool' type specifier; -'git config' will ensure that the output is "true" or "false". - -String values may be entirely or partially enclosed in double quotes. -You need to enclose variable values in double quotes if you want to -preserve leading or trailing whitespace, or if the variable value contains -comment characters (i.e. it contains '#' or ';'). -Double quote `"` and backslash `\` characters in variable values must -be escaped: use `\"` for `"` and `\\` for `\`. +Inside double quotes, double quote `"` and backslash `\` characters +must be escaped: use `\"` for `"` and `\\` for `\`. The following escape sequences (beside `\"` and `\\`) are recognized: `\n` for newline character (NL), `\t` for horizontal tabulation (HT, TAB) and `\b` for backspace (BS). Other char escape sequences (including octal escape sequences) are invalid. -Variable values ending in a `\` are continued on the next line in the -customary UNIX fashion. - -Some variables may require a special value format. Includes ~~~~~~~~ @@ -126,6 +116,60 @@ Example path = foo ; expand "foo" relative to the current file path = ~/foo ; expand "foo" in your $HOME directory + +Values +~~~~~~ + +Values of many variables are treated as a simple string, but there +are variables that take values of specific types and there are rules +as to how to spell them. + +boolean:: + + When a variable is said to take a boolean value, many + synonyms are accepted for 'true' and 'false'; these are all + case-insensitive. + + true;; Boolean true can be spelled as `yes`, `on`, `true`, + or `1`. Also, a variable defined without `= <value>` + is taken as true. + + false;; Boolean false can be spelled as `no`, `off`, + `false`, or `0`. ++ +When converting value to the canonical form using '--bool' type +specifier; 'git config' will ensure that the output is "true" or +"false" (spelled in lowercase). + +integer:: + The value for many variables that specify various sizes can + be suffixed with `k`, `M`,... to mean "scale the number by + 1024", "by 1024x1024", etc. + +color:: + The value for a variables that takes a color is a list of + colors (at most two) and attributes (at most one), separated + by spaces. The colors accepted are `normal`, `black`, + `red`, `green`, `yellow`, `blue`, `magenta`, `cyan` and + `white`; the attributes are `bold`, `dim`, `ul`, `blink` and + `reverse`. The first color given is the foreground; the + second is the background. The position of the attribute, if + any, doesn't matter. Attributes may be turned off specifically + by prefixing them with `no` (e.g., `noreverse`, `noul`, etc). ++ +Colors (foreground and background) may also be given as numbers between +0 and 255; these use ANSI 256-color mode (but note that not all +terminals may support this). If your terminal supports it, you may also +specify 24-bit RGB values as hex, like `#ff0ab3`. ++ +The attributes are meant to be reset at the beginning of each item +in the colored output, so setting color.decorate.branch to `black` +will paint that branch name in a plain `black`, even if the previous +thing on the same output line (e.g. opening parenthesis before the +list of branch names in `log --decorate` output) is set to be +painted with `bold` or some other attribute. + + Variables ~~~~~~~~~ @@ -204,15 +248,28 @@ advice.*:: -- core.fileMode:: - If false, the executable bit differences between the index and - the working tree are ignored; useful on broken filesystems like FAT. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. + Tells Git if the executable bit of files in the working tree + is to be honored. + -The default is true, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] -will probe and set core.fileMode false if appropriate when the -repository is created. +Some filesystems lose the executable bit when a file that is +marked as executable is checked out, or checks out an +non-executable file with executable bit on. +linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] probe the filesystem +to see if it handles the executable bit correctly +and this variable is automatically set as necessary. ++ +A repository, however, may be on a filesystem that handles +the filemode correctly, and this variable is set to 'true' +when created, but later may be made accessible from another +environment that loses the filemode (e.g. exporting ext4 via +CIFS mount, visiting a Cygwin created repository with +Git for Windows or Eclipse). +In such a case it may be necessary to set this variable to 'false'. +See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. ++ +The default is true (when core.filemode is not specified in the config file). -core.ignorecase:: +core.ignoreCase:: If true, this option enables various workarounds to enable Git to work better on filesystems that are not case sensitive, like FAT. For example, if a directory listing finds @@ -221,12 +278,12 @@ core.ignorecase:: "Makefile". + The default is false, except linkgit:git-clone[1] or linkgit:git-init[1] -will probe and set core.ignorecase true if appropriate when the repository +will probe and set core.ignoreCase true if appropriate when the repository is created. -core.precomposeunicode:: +core.precomposeUnicode:: This option is only used by Mac OS implementation of Git. - When core.precomposeunicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition + When core.precomposeUnicode=true, Git reverts the unicode decomposition of filenames done by Mac OS. This is useful when sharing a repository between Mac OS and Linux or Windows. (Git for Windows 1.7.10 or higher is needed, or Git under cygwin 1.7). @@ -251,13 +308,13 @@ core.trustctime:: crawlers and some backup systems). See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. True by default. -core.checkstat:: +core.checkStat:: Determines which stat fields to match between the index and work tree. The user can set this to 'default' or 'minimal'. Default (or explicitly 'default'), is to check all fields, including the sub-second part of mtime and ctime. -core.quotepath:: +core.quotePath:: The commands that output paths (e.g. 'ls-files', 'diff'), when not given the `-z` option, will quote "unusual" characters in the pathname by enclosing the @@ -362,14 +419,19 @@ This is useful for excluding servers inside a firewall from proxy use, while defaulting to a common proxy for external domains. core.ignoreStat:: - If true, commands which modify both the working tree and the index - will mark the updated paths with the "assume unchanged" bit in the - index. These marked files are then assumed to stay unchanged in the - working tree, until you mark them otherwise manually - Git will not - detect the file changes by lstat() calls. This is useful on systems - where those are very slow, such as Microsoft Windows. - See linkgit:git-update-index[1]. - False by default. + If true, Git will avoid using lstat() calls to detect if files have + changed by setting the "assume-unchanged" bit for those tracked files + which it has updated identically in both the index and working tree. ++ +When files are modified outside of Git, the user will need to stage +the modified files explicitly (e.g. see 'Examples' section in +linkgit:git-update-index[1]). +Git will not normally detect changes to those files. ++ +This is useful on systems where lstat() calls are very slow, such as +CIFS/Microsoft Windows. ++ +False by default. core.preferSymlinkRefs:: Instead of the default "symref" format for HEAD @@ -392,7 +454,7 @@ false), while all other repositories are assumed to be bare (bare core.worktree:: Set the path to the root of the working tree. This can be overridden by the GIT_WORK_TREE environment - variable and the '--work-tree' command line option. + variable and the '--work-tree' command-line option. The value can be an absolute path or relative to the path to the .git directory, which is either specified by --git-dir or GIT_DIR, or automatically discovered. @@ -456,9 +518,9 @@ core.compression:: -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being slowest. If set, this provides a default to other compression variables, - such as 'core.loosecompression' and 'pack.compression'. + such as 'core.looseCompression' and 'pack.compression'. -core.loosecompression:: +core.looseCompression:: An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects that are not in a pack file. -1 is the zlib default. 0 means no compression, and 1..9 are various speed/size tradeoffs, 9 being @@ -500,7 +562,7 @@ core.deltaBaseCacheLimit:: to avoid unpacking and decompressing frequently used base objects multiple times. + -Default is 16 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable +Default is 96 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable for all users/operating systems, except on the largest projects. You probably do not need to adjust this value. + @@ -510,7 +572,8 @@ core.bigFileThreshold:: Files larger than this size are stored deflated, without attempting delta compression. Storing large files without delta compression avoids excessive memory usage, at the - slight expense of increased disk usage. + slight expense of increased disk usage. Additionally files + larger than this size are always treated as binary. + Default is 512 MiB on all platforms. This should be reasonable for most projects as source code and other text files can still @@ -518,7 +581,7 @@ be delta compressed, but larger binary media files won't be. + Common unit suffixes of 'k', 'm', or 'g' are supported. -core.excludesfile:: +core.excludesFile:: In addition to '.gitignore' (per-directory) and '.git/info/exclude', Git looks into this file for patterns of files which are not meant to be tracked. "`~/`" is expanded @@ -527,20 +590,20 @@ core.excludesfile:: If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/ignore is used instead. See linkgit:gitignore[5]. -core.askpass:: +core.askPass:: Some commands (e.g. svn and http interfaces) that interactively ask for a password can be told to use an external program given via the value of this variable. Can be overridden by the 'GIT_ASKPASS' environment variable. If not set, fall back to the value of the 'SSH_ASKPASS' environment variable or, failing that, a simple password prompt. The external program shall be given a suitable prompt as - command line argument and write the password on its STDOUT. + command-line argument and write the password on its STDOUT. -core.attributesfile:: +core.attributesFile:: In addition to '.gitattributes' (per-directory) and '.git/info/attributes', Git looks into this file for attributes (see linkgit:gitattributes[5]). Path expansions are made the same - way as for `core.excludesfile`. Its default value is + way as for `core.excludesFile`. Its default value is $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/attributes is used instead. @@ -550,11 +613,14 @@ core.editor:: variable when it is set, and the environment variable `GIT_EDITOR` is not set. See linkgit:git-var[1]. -core.commentchar:: +core.commentChar:: Commands such as `commit` and `tag` that lets you edit messages consider a line that begins with this character commented, and removes them after the editor returns (default '#'). ++ +If set to "auto", `git-commit` would select a character that is not +the beginning character of any line in existing commit messages. sequence.editor:: Text editor used by `git rebase -i` for editing the rebase instruction file. @@ -569,14 +635,19 @@ core.pager:: configuration, then `$PAGER`, and then the default chosen at compile time (usually 'less'). + -When the `LESS` environment variable is unset, Git sets it to `FRSX` +When the `LESS` environment variable is unset, Git sets it to `FRX` (if `LESS` environment variable is set, Git does not change it at all). If you want to selectively override Git's default setting -for `LESS`, you can set `core.pager` to e.g. `less -+S`. This will +for `LESS`, you can set `core.pager` to e.g. `less -S`. This will be passed to the shell by Git, which will translate the final -command to `LESS=FRSX less -+S`. The environment tells the command -to set the `S` option to chop long lines but the command line -resets it to the default to fold long lines. +command to `LESS=FRX less -S`. The environment does not set the +`S` option but the command line does, instructing less to truncate +long lines. Similarly, setting `core.pager` to `less -+F` will +deactivate the `F` option specified by the environment from the +command-line, deactivating the "quit if one screen" behavior of +`less`. One can specifically activate some flags for particular +commands: for example, setting `pager.blame` to `less -S` enables +line truncation only for `git blame`. + Likewise, when the `LV` environment variable is unset, Git sets it to `-c`. You can override this setting by exporting `LV` with @@ -611,7 +682,7 @@ core.whitespace:: is relevant for `indent-with-non-tab` and when Git fixes `tab-in-indent` errors. The default tab width is 8. Allowed values are 1 to 63. -core.fsyncobjectfiles:: +core.fsyncObjectFiles:: This boolean will enable 'fsync()' when writing object files. + This is a total waste of time and effort on a filesystem that orders @@ -619,14 +690,14 @@ data writes properly, but can be useful for filesystems that do not use journalling (traditional UNIX filesystems) or that only journal metadata and not file contents (OS X's HFS+, or Linux ext3 with "data=writeback"). -core.preloadindex:: +core.preloadIndex:: Enable parallel index preload for operations like 'git diff' + This can speed up operations like 'git diff' and 'git status' especially on filesystems like NFS that have weak caching semantics and thus -relatively high IO latencies. With this set to 'true', Git will do the +relatively high IO latencies. When enabled, Git will do the index comparison to the filesystem data in parallel, allowing -overlapping IO's. +overlapping IO's. Defaults to true. core.createObject:: You can set this to 'link', in which case a hardlink followed by @@ -656,14 +727,13 @@ core.abbrev:: for abbreviated object names to stay unique for sufficiently long time. -add.ignore-errors:: add.ignoreErrors:: +add.ignore-errors (deprecated):: Tells 'git add' to continue adding files when some files cannot be added due to indexing errors. Equivalent to the '--ignore-errors' - option of linkgit:git-add[1]. Older versions of Git accept only - `add.ignore-errors`, which does not follow the usual naming - convention for configuration variables. Newer versions of Git - honor `add.ignoreErrors` as well. + option of linkgit:git-add[1]. `add.ignore-errors` is deprecated, + as it does not follow the usual naming convention for configuration + variables. alias.*:: Command aliases for the linkgit:git[1] command wrapper - e.g. @@ -672,7 +742,7 @@ alias.*:: confusion and troubles with script usage, aliases that hide existing Git commands are ignored. Arguments are split by spaces, the usual shell quoting and escaping is supported. - quote pair and a backslash can be used to quote them. + A quote pair or a backslash can be used to quote them. + If the alias expansion is prefixed with an exclamation point, it will be treated as a shell command. For example, defining @@ -691,7 +761,7 @@ am.keepcr:: by giving '--no-keep-cr' from the command line. See linkgit:git-am[1], linkgit:git-mailsplit[1]. -apply.ignorewhitespace:: +apply.ignoreWhitespace:: When set to 'change', tells 'git apply' to ignore changes in whitespace, in the same way as the '--ignore-space-change' option. @@ -703,7 +773,7 @@ apply.whitespace:: Tells 'git apply' how to handle whitespaces, in the same way as the '--whitespace' option. See linkgit:git-apply[1]. -branch.autosetupmerge:: +branch.autoSetupMerge:: Tells 'git branch' and 'git checkout' to set up new branches so that linkgit:git-pull[1] will appropriately merge from the starting point branch. Note that even if this option is not set, @@ -715,7 +785,7 @@ branch.autosetupmerge:: local branch or remote-tracking branch. This option defaults to true. -branch.autosetuprebase:: +branch.autoSetupRebase:: When a new branch is created with 'git branch' or 'git checkout' that tracks another branch, this variable tells Git to set up pull to rebase instead of merge (see "branch.<name>.rebase"). @@ -726,27 +796,27 @@ branch.autosetuprebase:: remote-tracking branches. When `always`, rebase will be set to true for all tracking branches. - See "branch.autosetupmerge" for details on how to set up a + See "branch.autoSetupMerge" for details on how to set up a branch to track another branch. This option defaults to never. branch.<name>.remote:: When on branch <name>, it tells 'git fetch' and 'git push' which remote to fetch from/push to. The remote to push to - may be overridden with `remote.pushdefault` (for all branches). + may be overridden with `remote.pushDefault` (for all branches). The remote to push to, for the current branch, may be further - overridden by `branch.<name>.pushremote`. If no remote is + overridden by `branch.<name>.pushRemote`. If no remote is configured, or if you are not on any branch, it defaults to - `origin` for fetching and `remote.pushdefault` for pushing. + `origin` for fetching and `remote.pushDefault` for pushing. Additionally, `.` (a period) is the current local repository (a dot-repository), see `branch.<name>.merge`'s final note below. -branch.<name>.pushremote:: +branch.<name>.pushRemote:: When on branch <name>, it overrides `branch.<name>.remote` for - pushing. It also overrides `remote.pushdefault` for pushing + pushing. It also overrides `remote.pushDefault` for pushing from branch <name>. When you pull from one place (e.g. your upstream) and push to another place (e.g. your own publishing - repository), you would want to set `remote.pushdefault` to + repository), you would want to set `remote.pushDefault` to specify the remote to push to for all branches, and use this option to override it for a specific branch. @@ -768,7 +838,7 @@ branch.<name>.merge:: branch.<name>.merge to the desired branch, and use the relative path setting `.` (a period) for branch.<name>.remote. -branch.<name>.mergeoptions:: +branch.<name>.mergeOptions:: Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and supported options are the same as those of linkgit:git-merge[1], but option values containing whitespace characters are currently not @@ -820,14 +890,6 @@ color.branch.<slot>:: `remote` (a remote-tracking branch in refs/remotes/), `upstream` (upstream tracking branch), `plain` (other refs). -+ -The value for these configuration variables is a list of colors (at most -two) and attributes (at most one), separated by spaces. The colors -accepted are `normal`, `black`, `red`, `green`, `yellow`, `blue`, -`magenta`, `cyan` and `white`; the attributes are `bold`, `dim`, `ul`, -`blink` and `reverse`. The first color given is the foreground; the -second is the background. The position of the attribute, if any, -doesn't matter. color.diff:: Whether to use ANSI escape sequences to add color to patches. @@ -847,8 +909,7 @@ color.diff.<slot>:: of `plain` (context text), `meta` (metainformation), `frag` (hunk header), 'func' (function in hunk header), `old` (removed lines), `new` (added lines), `commit` (commit headers), or `whitespace` - (highlighting whitespace errors). The values of these variables may be - specified as in color.branch.<slot>. + (highlighting whitespace errors). color.decorate.<slot>:: Use customized color for 'git log --decorate' output. `<slot>` is one @@ -874,15 +935,17 @@ color.grep.<slot>:: `linenumber`;; line number prefix (when using `-n`) `match`;; - matching text + matching text (same as setting `matchContext` and `matchSelected`) +`matchContext`;; + matching text in context lines +`matchSelected`;; + matching text in selected lines `selected`;; non-matching text in selected lines `separator`;; separators between fields on a line (`:`, `-`, and `=`) and between hunks (`--`) -- -+ -The values of these variables may be specified as in color.branch.<slot>. color.interactive:: When set to `always`, always use colors for interactive prompts @@ -895,14 +958,13 @@ color.interactive.<slot>:: Use customized color for 'git add --interactive' and 'git clean --interactive' output. `<slot>` may be `prompt`, `header`, `help` or `error`, for four distinct types of normal output from - interactive commands. The values of these variables may be - specified as in color.branch.<slot>. + interactive commands. color.pager:: A boolean to enable/disable colored output when the pager is in use (default is true). -color.showbranch:: +color.showBranch:: A boolean to enable/disable color in the output of linkgit:git-show-branch[1]. May be set to `always`, `false` (or `never`) or `auto` (or `true`), in which case colors are used @@ -920,10 +982,10 @@ color.status.<slot>:: `added` or `updated` (files which are added but not committed), `changed` (files which are changed but not added in the index), `untracked` (files which are not tracked by Git), - `branch` (the current branch), or + `branch` (the current branch), `nobranch` (the color the 'no branch' warning is shown in, defaulting - to red). The values of these variables may be specified as in - color.branch.<slot>. + to red), or + `unmerged` (files which have unmerged changes). color.ui:: This variable determines the default value for variables such @@ -1002,7 +1064,7 @@ commit.cleanup:: have to remove the help lines that begin with `#` in the commit log template yourself, if you do this). -commit.gpgsign:: +commit.gpgSign:: A boolean to specify whether all commits should be GPG signed. Use of this option when doing operations such as rebase can @@ -1115,7 +1177,7 @@ format.cc:: by mail. See the --to and --cc options in linkgit:git-format-patch[1]. -format.subjectprefix:: +format.subjectPrefix:: The default for format-patch is to output files with the '[PATCH]' subject prefix. Use this variable to change that prefix. @@ -1125,6 +1187,10 @@ format.signature:: Set this variable to the empty string ("") to suppress signature generation. +format.signatureFile:: + Works just like format.signature except the contents of the + file specified by this variable will be used as the signature. + format.suffix:: The default for format-patch is to output files with the suffix `.patch`. Use this variable to change that suffix (make sure to @@ -1145,7 +1211,7 @@ format.thread:: A true boolean value is the same as `shallow`, and a false value disables threading. -format.signoff:: +format.signOff:: A boolean value which lets you enable the `-s/--signoff` option of format-patch by default. *Note:* Adding the Signed-off-by: line to a patch should be a conscious act and means that you certify you have @@ -1184,17 +1250,17 @@ gc.auto:: light-weight garbage collection from time to time. The default value is 6700. Setting this to 0 disables it. -gc.autopacklimit:: +gc.autoPackLimit:: When there are more than this many packs that are not marked with `*.keep` file in the repository, `git gc --auto` consolidates them into one larger pack. The default value is 50. Setting this to 0 disables it. -gc.autodetach:: - Make `git gc --auto` return immediately andrun in background +gc.autoDetach:: + Make `git gc --auto` return immediately and run in background if the system supports it. Default is true. -gc.packrefs:: +gc.packRefs:: Running `git pack-refs` in a repository renders it unclonable by Git versions prior to 1.5.1.2 over dumb transports such as HTTP. This variable determines whether @@ -1202,38 +1268,38 @@ gc.packrefs:: to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a boolean value. The default is `true`. -gc.pruneexpire:: +gc.pruneExpire:: When 'git gc' is run, it will call 'prune --expire 2.weeks.ago'. Override the grace period with this config variable. The value "now" may be used to disable this grace period and always prune unreachable objects immediately. -gc.reflogexpire:: -gc.<pattern>.reflogexpire:: +gc.reflogExpire:: +gc.<pattern>.reflogExpire:: 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than this time; defaults to 90 days. With "<pattern>" (e.g. "refs/stash") in the middle the setting applies only to the refs that match the <pattern>. -gc.reflogexpireunreachable:: -gc.<ref>.reflogexpireunreachable:: +gc.reflogExpireUnreachable:: +gc.<ref>.reflogExpireUnreachable:: 'git reflog expire' removes reflog entries older than this time and are not reachable from the current tip; defaults to 30 days. With "<pattern>" (e.g. "refs/stash") in the middle, the setting applies only to the refs that match the <pattern>. -gc.rerereresolved:: +gc.rerereResolved:: Records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. The default is 60 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. -gc.rerereunresolved:: +gc.rerereUnresolved:: Records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are kept for this many days when 'git rerere gc' is run. The default is 15 days. See linkgit:git-rerere[1]. -gitcvs.commitmsgannotation:: +gitcvs.commitMsgAnnotation:: Append this string to each commit message. Set to empty string to disable this feature. Defaults to "via git-CVS emulator". @@ -1241,7 +1307,7 @@ gitcvs.enabled:: Whether the CVS server interface is enabled for this repository. See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. -gitcvs.logfile:: +gitcvs.logFile:: Path to a log file where the CVS server interface well... logs various stuff. See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. @@ -1253,10 +1319,10 @@ gitcvs.usecrlfattr:: treat it as text. If they suppress text conversion, the file will be set with '-kb' mode, which suppresses any newline munging the client might otherwise do. If the attributes do not allow - the file type to be determined, then 'gitcvs.allbinary' is + the file type to be determined, then 'gitcvs.allBinary' is used. See linkgit:gitattributes[5]. -gitcvs.allbinary:: +gitcvs.allBinary:: This is used if 'gitcvs.usecrlfattr' does not resolve the correct '-kb' mode to use. If true, all unresolved files are sent to the client in @@ -1266,7 +1332,7 @@ gitcvs.allbinary:: then the contents of the file are examined to decide if it is binary, similar to 'core.autocrlf'. -gitcvs.dbname:: +gitcvs.dbName:: Database used by git-cvsserver to cache revision information derived from the Git repository. The exact meaning depends on the used database driver, for SQLite (which is the default driver) this @@ -1274,7 +1340,7 @@ gitcvs.dbname:: linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). May not contain semicolons (`;`). Default: '%Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite' -gitcvs.dbdriver:: +gitcvs.dbDriver:: Used Perl DBI driver. You can specify any available driver for this here, but it might not work. git-cvsserver is tested with 'DBD::SQLite', reported to work with 'DBD::Pg', and @@ -1282,10 +1348,10 @@ gitcvs.dbdriver:: May not contain double colons (`:`). Default: 'SQLite'. See linkgit:git-cvsserver[1]. -gitcvs.dbuser, gitcvs.dbpass:: - Database user and password. Only useful if setting 'gitcvs.dbdriver', +gitcvs.dbUser, gitcvs.dbPass:: + Database user and password. Only useful if setting 'gitcvs.dbDriver', since SQLite has no concept of database users and/or passwords. - 'gitcvs.dbuser' supports variable substitution (see + 'gitcvs.dbUser' supports variable substitution (see linkgit:git-cvsserver[1] for details). gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix:: @@ -1296,7 +1362,7 @@ gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix:: characters will be replaced with underscores. All gitcvs variables except for 'gitcvs.usecrlfattr' and -'gitcvs.allbinary' can also be specified as +'gitcvs.allBinary' can also be specified as 'gitcvs.<access_method>.<varname>' (where 'access_method' is one of "ext" and "pserver") to make them apply only for the given access method. @@ -1314,7 +1380,7 @@ gitweb.highlight:: gitweb.patches:: gitweb.pickaxe:: gitweb.remote_heads:: -gitweb.showsizes:: +gitweb.showSizes:: gitweb.snapshot:: See linkgit:gitweb.conf[5] for description. @@ -1335,23 +1401,23 @@ grep.extendedRegexp:: gpg.program:: Use this custom program instead of "gpg" found on $PATH when making or verifying a PGP signature. The program must support the - same command line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached + same command-line interface as GPG, namely, to verify a detached signature, "gpg --verify $file - <$signature" is run, and the program is expected to signal a good signature by exiting with - code 0, and to generate an ascii-armored detached signature, the + code 0, and to generate an ASCII-armored detached signature, the standard input of "gpg -bsau $key" is fed with the contents to be signed, and the program is expected to send the result to its standard output. -gui.commitmsgwidth:: +gui.commitMsgWidth:: Defines how wide the commit message window is in the linkgit:git-gui[1]. "75" is the default. -gui.diffcontext:: +gui.diffContext:: Specifies how many context lines should be used in calls to diff made by the linkgit:git-gui[1]. The default is "5". -gui.displayuntracked:: +gui.displayUntracked:: Determines if linkgit::git-gui[1] shows untracked files in the file list. The default is "true". @@ -1363,16 +1429,16 @@ gui.encoding:: If this option is not set, the tools default to the locale encoding. -gui.matchtrackingbranch:: +gui.matchTrackingBranch:: Determines if new branches created with linkgit:git-gui[1] should default to tracking remote branches with matching names or not. Default: "false". -gui.newbranchtemplate:: +gui.newBranchTemplate:: Is used as suggested name when creating new branches using the linkgit:git-gui[1]. -gui.pruneduringfetch:: +gui.pruneDuringFetch:: "true" if linkgit:git-gui[1] should prune remote-tracking branches when performing a fetch. The default value is "false". @@ -1380,17 +1446,17 @@ gui.trustmtime:: Determines if linkgit:git-gui[1] should trust the file modification timestamp or not. By default the timestamps are not trusted. -gui.spellingdictionary:: +gui.spellingDictionary:: Specifies the dictionary used for spell checking commit messages in the linkgit:git-gui[1]. When set to "none" spell checking is turned off. -gui.fastcopyblame:: +gui.fastCopyBlame:: If true, 'git gui blame' uses `-C` instead of `-C -C` for original location detection. It makes blame significantly faster on huge repositories at the expense of less thorough copy detection. -gui.copyblamethreshold:: +gui.copyBlameThreshold:: Specifies the threshold to use in 'git gui blame' original location detection, measured in alphanumeric characters. See the linkgit:git-blame[1] manual for more information on copy detection. @@ -1410,22 +1476,22 @@ guitool.<name>.cmd:: 'FILENAME', and the name of the current branch as 'CUR_BRANCH' (if the head is detached, 'CUR_BRANCH' is empty). -guitool.<name>.needsfile:: +guitool.<name>.needsFile:: Run the tool only if a diff is selected in the GUI. It guarantees that 'FILENAME' is not empty. -guitool.<name>.noconsole:: +guitool.<name>.noConsole:: Run the command silently, without creating a window to display its output. -guitool.<name>.norescan:: +guitool.<name>.noRescan:: Don't rescan the working directory for changes after the tool finishes execution. guitool.<name>.confirm:: Show a confirmation dialog before actually running the tool. -guitool.<name>.argprompt:: +guitool.<name>.argPrompt:: Request a string argument from the user, and pass it to the tool through the 'ARGS' environment variable. Since requesting an argument implies confirmation, the 'confirm' option has no effect @@ -1433,13 +1499,13 @@ guitool.<name>.argprompt:: the dialog uses a built-in generic prompt; otherwise the exact value of the variable is used. -guitool.<name>.revprompt:: +guitool.<name>.revPrompt:: Request a single valid revision from the user, and set the 'REVISION' environment variable. In other aspects this option - is similar to 'argprompt', and can be used together with it. + is similar to 'argPrompt', and can be used together with it. -guitool.<name>.revunmerged:: - Show only unmerged branches in the 'revprompt' subdialog. +guitool.<name>.revUnmerged:: + Show only unmerged branches in the 'revPrompt' subdialog. This is useful for tools similar to merge or rebase, but not for things like checkout or reset. @@ -1449,7 +1515,7 @@ guitool.<name>.title:: guitool.<name>.prompt:: Specifies the general prompt string to display at the top of - the dialog, before subsections for 'argprompt' and 'revprompt'. + the dialog, before subsections for 'argPrompt' and 'revPrompt'. The default value includes the actual command. help.browser:: @@ -1461,7 +1527,7 @@ help.format:: Values 'man', 'info', 'web' and 'html' are supported. 'man' is the default. 'web' and 'html' are the same. -help.autocorrect:: +help.autoCorrect:: Automatically correct and execute mistyped commands after waiting for the given number of deciseconds (0.1 sec). If more than one command can be deduced from the entered text, nothing @@ -1470,7 +1536,7 @@ help.autocorrect:: value is 0 - the command will be just shown but not executed. This is the default. -help.htmlpath:: +help.htmlPath:: Specify the path where the HTML documentation resides. File system paths and URLs are supported. HTML pages will be prefixed with this path when help is displayed in the 'web' format. This defaults to the documentation @@ -1482,17 +1548,17 @@ http.proxy:: `curl(1)`). This can be overridden on a per-remote basis; see remote.<name>.proxy -http.cookiefile:: +http.cookieFile:: File containing previously stored cookie lines which should be used in the Git http session, if they match the server. The file format of the file to read cookies from should be plain HTTP headers or the Netscape/Mozilla cookie file format (see linkgit:curl[1]). - NOTE that the file specified with http.cookiefile is only used as + NOTE that the file specified with http.cookieFile is only used as input unless http.saveCookies is set. -http.savecookies:: +http.saveCookies:: If set, store cookies received during requests to the file specified by - http.cookiefile. Has no effect if http.cookiefile is unset. + http.cookieFile. Has no effect if http.cookieFile is unset. http.sslVerify:: Whether to verify the SSL certificate when fetching or pushing @@ -1563,7 +1629,7 @@ http.noEPSV:: support EPSV mode. Can be overridden by the 'GIT_CURL_FTP_NO_EPSV' environment variable. Default is false (curl will use EPSV). -http.useragent:: +http.userAgent:: The HTTP USER_AGENT string presented to an HTTP server. The default value represents the version of the client Git such as git/1.7.1. This option allows you to override this value to a more common value @@ -1573,7 +1639,7 @@ http.useragent:: Can be overridden by the 'GIT_HTTP_USER_AGENT' environment variable. http.<url>.*:: - Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some urls. + Any of the http.* options above can be applied selectively to some URLs. For a config key to match a URL, each element of the config key is compared to that of the URL, in the following order: + @@ -1612,8 +1678,8 @@ if the URL is `https://user@example.com/foo/bar` a config key match of + All URLs are normalized before attempting any matching (the password part, if embedded in the URL, is always ignored for matching purposes) so that -equivalent urls that are simply spelled differently will match properly. -Environment variable settings always override any matches. The urls that are +equivalent URLs that are simply spelled differently will match properly. +Environment variable settings always override any matches. The URLs that are matched against are those given directly to Git commands. This means any URLs visited as a result of a redirection do not participate in matching. @@ -1636,7 +1702,7 @@ index.version:: Specify the version with which new index files should be initialized. This does not affect existing repositories. -init.templatedir:: +init.templateDir:: Specify the directory from which templates will be copied. (See the "TEMPLATE DIRECTORY" section of linkgit:git-init[1].) @@ -1652,7 +1718,7 @@ instaweb.local:: If true the web server started by linkgit:git-instaweb[1] will be bound to the local IP (127.0.0.1). -instaweb.modulepath:: +instaweb.modulePath:: The default module path for linkgit:git-instaweb[1] to use instead of /usr/lib/apache2/modules. Only used if httpd is Apache. @@ -1661,7 +1727,7 @@ instaweb.port:: The port number to bind the gitweb httpd to. See linkgit:git-instaweb[1]. -interactive.singlekey:: +interactive.singleKey:: In interactive commands, allow the user to provide one-letter input with a single key (i.e., without hitting enter). Currently this is used by the `--patch` mode of @@ -1689,7 +1755,7 @@ log.decorate:: specified, the full ref name (including prefix) will be printed. This is the same as the log commands '--decorate' option. -log.showroot:: +log.showRoot:: If true, the initial commit will be shown as a big creation event. This is equivalent to a diff against an empty tree. Tools like linkgit:git-log[1] or linkgit:git-whatchanged[1], which @@ -1699,6 +1765,13 @@ log.mailmap:: If true, makes linkgit:git-log[1], linkgit:git-show[1], and linkgit:git-whatchanged[1] assume `--use-mailmap`. +mailinfo.scissors:: + If true, makes linkgit:git-mailinfo[1] (and therefore + linkgit:git-am[1]) act by default as if the --scissors option + was provided on the command-line. When active, this features + removes everything from the message body before a scissors + line (i.e. consisting mainly of ">8", "8<" and "-"). + mailmap.file:: The location of an augmenting mailmap file. The default mailmap, located in the root of the repository, is loaded @@ -1753,6 +1826,15 @@ mergetool.<tool>.trustExitCode:: if the file has been updated, otherwise the user is prompted to indicate the success of the merge. +mergetool.meld.hasOutput:: + Older versions of `meld` do not support the `--output` option. + Git will attempt to detect whether `meld` supports `--output` + by inspecting the output of `meld --help`. Configuring + `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` will make Git skip these checks and + use the configured value instead. Setting `mergetool.meld.hasOutput` + to `true` tells Git to unconditionally use the `--output` option, + and `false` avoids using `--output`. + mergetool.keepBackup:: After performing a merge, the original file with conflict markers can be saved as a file with a `.orig` extension. If this variable @@ -1766,6 +1848,12 @@ mergetool.keepTemporaries:: preserved, otherwise they will be removed after the tool has exited. Defaults to `false`. +mergetool.writeToTemp:: + Git writes temporary 'BASE', 'LOCAL', and 'REMOTE' versions of + conflicting files in the worktree by default. Git will attempt + to use a temporary directory for these files when set `true`. + Defaults to `false`. + mergetool.prompt:: Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program. @@ -1826,10 +1914,11 @@ pack.depth:: maximum depth is given on the command line. Defaults to 50. pack.windowMemory:: - The window memory size limit used by linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] - when no limit is given on the command line. The value can be - suffixed with "k", "m", or "g". Defaults to 0, meaning no - limit. + The maximum size of memory that is consumed by each thread + in linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] for pack window memory when + no limit is given on the command line. The value can be + suffixed with "k", "m", or "g". When left unconfigured (or + set explicitly to 0), there will be no limit. pack.compression:: An integer -1..9, indicating the compression level for objects @@ -1903,13 +1992,8 @@ pack.useBitmaps:: true. You should not generally need to turn this off unless you are debugging pack bitmaps. -pack.writebitmaps:: - When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all - objects to disk (e.g., when `git repack -a` is run). This - index can speed up the "counting objects" phase of subsequent - packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk - space and extra time spent on the initial repack. Defaults to - false. +pack.writeBitmaps (deprecated):: + This is a deprecated synonym for `repack.writeBitmaps`. pack.writeBitmapHashCache:: When true, git will include a "hash cache" section in the bitmap @@ -2027,14 +2111,20 @@ new default). -- +push.followTags:: + If set to true enable '--follow-tags' option by default. You + may override this configuration at time of push by specifying + '--no-follow-tags'. + + rebase.stat:: Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last rebase. False by default. -rebase.autosquash:: +rebase.autoSquash:: If set to true enable '--autosquash' option by default. -rebase.autostash:: +rebase.autoStash:: When set to true, automatically create a temporary stash before the operation begins, and apply it after the operation ends. This means that you can run rebase on a dirty worktree. @@ -2042,11 +2132,35 @@ rebase.autostash:: successful rebase might result in non-trivial conflicts. Defaults to false. +receive.advertiseAtomic:: + By default, git-receive-pack will advertise the atomic push + capability to its clients. If you don't want to this capability + to be advertised, set this variable to false. + receive.autogc:: By default, git-receive-pack will run "git-gc --auto" after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. You can stop it by setting this variable to false. +receive.certNonceSeed:: + By setting this variable to a string, `git receive-pack` + will accept a `git push --signed` and verifies it by using + a "nonce" protected by HMAC using this string as a secret + key. + +receive.certNonceSlop:: + When a `git push --signed` sent a push certificate with a + "nonce" that was issued by a receive-pack serving the same + repository within this many seconds, export the "nonce" + found in the certificate to `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE` to the + hooks (instead of what the receive-pack asked the sending + side to include). This may allow writing checks in + `pre-receive` and `post-receive` a bit easier. Instead of + checking `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP` environment variable + that records by how many seconds the nonce is stale to + decide if they want to accept the certificate, they only + can check `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS` is `OK`. + receive.fsckObjects:: If it is set to true, git-receive-pack will check all received objects. It will abort in the case of a malformed object or a @@ -2080,6 +2194,17 @@ receive.denyCurrentBranch:: print a warning of such a push to stderr, but allow the push to proceed. If set to false or "ignore", allow such pushes with no message. Defaults to "refuse". ++ +Another option is "updateInstead" which will update the working +tree if pushing into the current branch. This option is +intended for synchronizing working directories when one side is not easily +accessible via interactive ssh (e.g. a live web site, hence the requirement +that the working directory be clean). This mode also comes in handy when +developing inside a VM to test and fix code on different Operating Systems. ++ +By default, "updateInstead" will refuse the push if the working tree or +the index have any difference from the HEAD, but the `push-to-checkout` +hook can be used to customize this. See linkgit:githooks[5]. receive.denyNonFastForwards:: If set to true, git-receive-pack will deny a ref update which is @@ -2087,7 +2212,7 @@ receive.denyNonFastForwards:: even if that push is forced. This configuration variable is set when initializing a shared repository. -receive.hiderefs:: +receive.hideRefs:: String(s) `receive-pack` uses to decide which refs to omit from its initial advertisement. Use more than one definitions to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that @@ -2096,18 +2221,18 @@ receive.hiderefs:: push`, and an attempt to update or delete a hidden ref by `git push` is rejected. -receive.updateserverinfo:: +receive.updateServerInfo:: If set to true, git-receive-pack will run git-update-server-info after receiving data from git-push and updating refs. -receive.shallowupdate:: +receive.shallowUpdate:: If set to true, .git/shallow can be updated when new refs require new shallow roots. Otherwise those refs are rejected. -remote.pushdefault:: +remote.pushDefault:: The remote to push to by default. Overrides `branch.<name>.remote` for all branches, and is overridden by - `branch.<name>.pushremote` for specific branches. + `branch.<name>.pushRemote` for specific branches. remote.<name>.url:: The URL of a remote repository. See linkgit:git-fetch[1] or @@ -2151,7 +2276,7 @@ remote.<name>.uploadpack:: The default program to execute on the remote side when fetching. See option \--upload-pack of linkgit:git-fetch-pack[1]. -remote.<name>.tagopt:: +remote.<name>.tagOpt:: Setting this value to \--no-tags disables automatic tag following when fetching from remote <name>. Setting it to \--tags will fetch every tag from remote <name>, even if they are not reachable from remote @@ -2173,7 +2298,7 @@ remotes.<group>:: The list of remotes which are fetched by "git remote update <group>". See linkgit:git-remote[1]. -repack.usedeltabaseoffset:: +repack.useDeltaBaseOffset:: By default, linkgit:git-repack[1] creates packs that use delta-base offset. If you need to share your repository with Git older than version 1.4.4, either directly or via a dumb @@ -2186,9 +2311,17 @@ repack.packKeptObjects:: `--pack-kept-objects` was passed. See linkgit:git-repack[1] for details. Defaults to `false` normally, but `true` if a bitmap index is being written (either via `--write-bitmap-index` or - `pack.writeBitmaps`). + `repack.writeBitmaps`). -rerere.autoupdate:: +repack.writeBitmaps:: + When true, git will write a bitmap index when packing all + objects to disk (e.g., when `git repack -a` is run). This + index can speed up the "counting objects" phase of subsequent + packs created for clones and fetches, at the cost of some disk + space and extra time spent on the initial repack. Defaults to + false. + +rerere.autoUpdate:: When set to true, `git-rerere` updates the index with the resulting contents after it cleanly resolves conflicts using previously recorded resolution. Defaults to false. @@ -2207,12 +2340,12 @@ sendemail.identity:: values in the 'sendemail' section. The default identity is the value of 'sendemail.identity'. -sendemail.smtpencryption:: +sendemail.smtpEncryption:: See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. Note that this setting is not subject to the 'identity' mechanism. -sendemail.smtpssl:: - Deprecated alias for 'sendemail.smtpencryption = ssl'. +sendemail.smtpssl (deprecated):: + Deprecated alias for 'sendemail.smtpEncryption = ssl'. sendemail.smtpsslcertpath:: Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file). @@ -2224,32 +2357,34 @@ sendemail.<identity>.*:: identity is selected, through command-line or 'sendemail.identity'. -sendemail.aliasesfile:: -sendemail.aliasfiletype:: +sendemail.aliasesFile:: +sendemail.aliasFileType:: sendemail.annotate:: sendemail.bcc:: sendemail.cc:: -sendemail.cccmd:: -sendemail.chainreplyto:: +sendemail.ccCmd:: +sendemail.chainReplyTo:: sendemail.confirm:: -sendemail.envelopesender:: +sendemail.envelopeSender:: sendemail.from:: -sendemail.multiedit:: +sendemail.multiEdit:: sendemail.signedoffbycc:: -sendemail.smtppass:: +sendemail.smtpPass:: sendemail.suppresscc:: -sendemail.suppressfrom:: +sendemail.suppressFrom:: sendemail.to:: -sendemail.smtpdomain:: -sendemail.smtpserver:: -sendemail.smtpserverport:: -sendemail.smtpserveroption:: -sendemail.smtpuser:: +sendemail.smtpDomain:: +sendemail.smtpServer:: +sendemail.smtpServerPort:: +sendemail.smtpServerOption:: +sendemail.smtpUser:: sendemail.thread:: +sendemail.transferEncoding:: sendemail.validate:: +sendemail.xmailer:: See linkgit:git-send-email[1] for description. -sendemail.signedoffcc:: +sendemail.signedoffcc (deprecated):: Deprecated alias for 'sendemail.signedoffbycc'. showbranch.default:: @@ -2282,7 +2417,7 @@ status.showUntrackedFiles:: files which are not currently tracked by Git. Directories which contain only untracked files, are shown with the directory name only. Showing untracked files means that Git needs to lstat() all - all the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some + the files in the whole repository, which might be slow on some systems. So, this variable controls how the commands displays the untracked files. Possible values are: + @@ -2296,7 +2431,7 @@ If this variable is not specified, it defaults to 'normal'. This variable can be overridden with the -u|--untracked-files option of linkgit:git-status[1] and linkgit:git-commit[1]. -status.submodulesummary:: +status.submoduleSummary:: Defaults to false. If this is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled and a @@ -2308,18 +2443,22 @@ status.submodulesummary:: exception to that rule is that status and commit will show staged submodule changes. To also view the summary for ignored submodules you can either use - the --ignore-submodules=dirty command line option or the 'git + the --ignore-submodules=dirty command-line option or the 'git submodule summary' command, which shows a similar output but does not honor these settings. submodule.<name>.path:: submodule.<name>.url:: + The path within this project and URL for a submodule. These + variables are initially populated by 'git submodule init'. See + linkgit:git-submodule[1] and linkgit:gitmodules[5] for + details. + submodule.<name>.update:: - The path within this project, URL, and the updating strategy - for a submodule. These variables are initially populated - by 'git submodule init'; edit them to override the - URL and other values found in the `.gitmodules` file. See - linkgit:git-submodule[1] and linkgit:gitmodules[5] for details. + The default update procedure for a submodule. This variable + is populated by `git submodule init` from the + linkgit:gitmodules[5] file. See description of 'update' + command in linkgit:git-submodule[1]. submodule.<name>.branch:: The remote branch name for a submodule, used by `git submodule @@ -2330,7 +2469,7 @@ submodule.<name>.branch:: submodule.<name>.fetchRecurseSubmodules:: This option can be used to control recursive fetching of this submodule. It can be overridden by using the --[no-]recurse-submodules - command line option to "git fetch" and "git pull". + command-line option to "git fetch" and "git pull". This setting will override that from in the linkgit:gitmodules[5] file. @@ -2350,6 +2489,11 @@ submodule.<name>.ignore:: "--ignore-submodules" option. The 'git submodule' commands are not affected by this setting. +tag.sort:: + This variable controls the sort ordering of tags when displayed by + linkgit:git-tag[1]. Without the "--sort=<value>" option provided, the + value of this variable will be used as the default. + tar.umask:: This variable can be used to restrict the permission bits of tar archive entries. The default is 0002, which turns off the @@ -2362,9 +2506,9 @@ transfer.fsckObjects:: not set, the value of this variable is used instead. Defaults to false. -transfer.hiderefs:: - This variable can be used to set both `receive.hiderefs` - and `uploadpack.hiderefs` at the same time to the same +transfer.hideRefs:: + This variable can be used to set both `receive.hideRefs` + and `uploadpack.hideRefs` at the same time to the same values. See entries for these other variables. transfer.unpackLimit:: @@ -2379,7 +2523,7 @@ uploadarchive.allowUnreachable:: linkgit:git-upload-archive[1] for more details. Defaults to `false`. -uploadpack.hiderefs:: +uploadpack.hideRefs:: String(s) `upload-pack` uses to decide which refs to omit from its initial advertisement. Use more than one definitions to specify multiple prefix strings. A ref that @@ -2389,12 +2533,12 @@ uploadpack.hiderefs:: fetch` will fail. See also `uploadpack.allowtipsha1inwant`. uploadpack.allowtipsha1inwant:: - When `uploadpack.hiderefs` is in effect, allow `upload-pack` + When `uploadpack.hideRefs` is in effect, allow `upload-pack` to accept a fetch request that asks for an object at the tip of a hidden ref (by default, such a request is rejected). - see also `uploadpack.hiderefs`. + see also `uploadpack.hideRefs`. -uploadpack.keepalive:: +uploadpack.keepAlive:: When `upload-pack` has started `pack-objects`, there may be a quiet period while `pack-objects` prepares the pack. Normally it would output progress information, but if `--quiet` was used @@ -2402,7 +2546,7 @@ uploadpack.keepalive:: the pack data begins. Some clients and networks may consider the server to be hung and give up. Setting this option instructs `upload-pack` to send an empty keepalive packet every - `uploadpack.keepalive` seconds. Setting this option to 0 + `uploadpack.keepAlive` seconds. Setting this option to 0 disables keepalive packets entirely. The default is 5 seconds. url.<base>.insteadOf:: @@ -2439,13 +2583,25 @@ user.name:: Can be overridden by the 'GIT_AUTHOR_NAME' and 'GIT_COMMITTER_NAME' environment variables. See linkgit:git-commit-tree[1]. -user.signingkey:: +user.signingKey:: If linkgit:git-tag[1] or linkgit:git-commit[1] is not selecting the key you want it to automatically when creating a signed tag or commit, you can override the default selection with this variable. This option is passed unchanged to gpg's --local-user parameter, so you may specify a key using any method that gpg supports. +versionsort.prereleaseSuffix:: + When version sort is used in linkgit:git-tag[1], prerelease + tags (e.g. "1.0-rc1") may appear after the main release + "1.0". By specifying the suffix "-rc" in this variable, + "1.0-rc1" will appear before "1.0". ++ +This variable can be specified multiple times, once per suffix. The +order of suffixes in the config file determines the sorting order +(e.g. if "-pre" appears before "-rc" in the config file then 1.0-preXX +is sorted before 1.0-rcXX). The sorting order between different +suffixes is undefined if they are in multiple config files. + web.browser:: Specify a web browser that may be used by some commands. Currently only linkgit:git-instaweb[1] and linkgit:git-help[1] diff --git a/Documentation/diff-config.txt b/Documentation/diff-config.txt index f07b4513ed..6eaa45271c 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-config.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -diff.autorefreshindex:: +diff.autoRefreshIndex:: When using 'git diff' to compare with work tree files, do not consider stat-only change as changed. Instead, silently run `git update-index --refresh` to @@ -75,11 +75,11 @@ diff.ignoreSubmodules:: commands such as 'git diff-files'. 'git checkout' also honors this setting when reporting uncommitted changes. Setting it to 'all' disables the submodule summary normally shown by 'git commit' - and 'git status' when 'status.submodulesummary' is set unless it is - overridden by using the --ignore-submodules command line option. + and 'git status' when 'status.submoduleSummary' is set unless it is + overridden by using the --ignore-submodules command-line option. The 'git submodule' commands are not affected by this setting. -diff.mnemonicprefix:: +diff.mnemonicPrefix:: If set, 'git diff' uses a prefix pair that is different from the standard "a/" and "b/" depending on what is being compared. When this configuration is in effect, reverse diff output also swaps @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ diff.mnemonicprefix:: diff.noprefix:: If set, 'git diff' does not show any source or destination prefix. -diff.orderfile:: +diff.orderFile:: File indicating how to order files within a diff, using one shell glob pattern per line. Can be overridden by the '-O' option to linkgit:git-diff[1]. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ diff.<driver>.textconv:: conversion is used to generate a human-readable diff. See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details. -diff.<driver>.wordregex:: +diff.<driver>.wordRegex:: The regular expression that the diff driver should use to split words in a line. See linkgit:gitattributes[5] for details. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-format.txt b/Documentation/diff-format.txt index 15c7e794f4..85b08909ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-format.txt @@ -66,7 +66,8 @@ be committed) Status letters C and R are always followed by a score (denoting the percentage of similarity between the source and target of the move or -copy), and are the only ones to be so. +copy). Status letter M may be followed by a score (denoting the +percentage of dissimilarity) for file rewrites. <sha1> is shown as all 0's if a file is new on the filesystem and it is out of sync with the index. diff --git a/Documentation/diff-options.txt b/Documentation/diff-options.txt index 6cb083aae5..ccd499867b 100644 --- a/Documentation/diff-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/diff-options.txt @@ -432,8 +432,8 @@ endif::git-format-patch[] -O<orderfile>:: Output the patch in the order specified in the <orderfile>, which has one shell glob pattern per line. - This overrides the `diff.orderfile` configuration variable - (see linkgit:git-config[1]). To cancel `diff.orderfile`, + This overrides the `diff.orderFile` configuration variable + (see linkgit:git-config[1]). To cancel `diff.orderFile`, use `-O/dev/null`. ifndef::git-format-patch[] diff --git a/Documentation/everyday.txto b/Documentation/everyday.txto new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c5047d8f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/everyday.txto @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +Everyday Git With 20 Commands Or So +=================================== + +This document has been moved to linkgit:giteveryday[1]. + +Please let the owners of the referring site know so that they can update the +link you clicked to get here. + +Thanks. diff --git a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt index 92c68c3fda..45583d8454 100644 --- a/Documentation/fetch-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/fetch-options.txt @@ -68,10 +68,18 @@ endif::git-pull[] By default, tags that point at objects that are downloaded from the remote repository are fetched and stored locally. This option disables this automatic tag following. The default - behavior for a remote may be specified with the remote.<name>.tagopt + behavior for a remote may be specified with the remote.<name>.tagOpt setting. See linkgit:git-config[1]. ifndef::git-pull[] +--refmap=<refspec>:: + When fetching refs listed on the command line, use the + specified refspec (can be given more than once) to map the + refs to remote-tracking branches, instead of the values of + `remote.*.fetch` configuration variables for the remote + repository. See section on "Configured Remote-tracking + Branches" for details. + -t:: --tags:: Fetch all tags from the remote (i.e., fetch remote tags diff --git a/Documentation/git-add.txt b/Documentation/git-add.txt index 9631526110..f2eb9076d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-add.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-add.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-add - Add file contents to the index SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git add' [-n] [-v] [--force | -f] [--interactive | -i] [--patch | -p] +'git add' [--verbose | -v] [--dry-run | -n] [--force | -f] [--interactive | -i] [--patch | -p] [--edit | -e] [--[no-]all | --[no-]ignore-removal | [--update | -u]] [--intent-to-add | -N] [--refresh] [--ignore-errors] [--ignore-missing] [--] [<pathspec>...] @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ for "git add --no-all <pathspec>...", i.e. ignored removed files. Configuration ------------- -The optional configuration variable `core.excludesfile` indicates a path to a +The optional configuration variable `core.excludesFile` indicates a path to a file containing patterns of file names to exclude from git-add, similar to $GIT_DIR/info/exclude. Patterns in the exclude file are used in addition to those in info/exclude. See linkgit:gitignore[5]. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ After deciding the fate for all hunks, if there is any hunk that was chosen, the index is updated with the selected hunks. + You can omit having to type return here, by setting the configuration -variable `interactive.singlekey` to `true`. +variable `interactive.singleKey` to `true`. diff:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-am.txt b/Documentation/git-am.txt index 9adce372ec..0d8ba48f79 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-am.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-am.txt @@ -52,11 +52,23 @@ OPTIONS -c:: --scissors:: Remove everything in body before a scissors line (see - linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]). + linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]). Can be activated by default using + the `mailinfo.scissors` configuration variable. --no-scissors:: Ignore scissors lines (see linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]). +-m:: +--message-id:: + Pass the `-m` flag to 'git mailinfo' (see linkgit:git-mailinfo[1]), + so that the Message-ID header is added to the commit message. + The `am.messageid` configuration variable can be used to specify + the default behaviour. + +--no-message-id:: + Do not add the Message-ID header to the commit message. + `no-message-id` is useful to override `am.messageid`. + -q:: --quiet:: Be quiet. Only print error messages. @@ -83,7 +95,6 @@ default. You can use `--no-utf8` to override this. it is supposed to apply to and we have those blobs available locally. ---ignore-date:: --ignore-space-change:: --ignore-whitespace:: --whitespace=<option>:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-apply.txt b/Documentation/git-apply.txt index f605327946..d9ed6a1a4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-apply.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-apply.txt @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--ignore-space-change | --ignore-whitespace ] [--whitespace=(nowarn|warn|fix|error|error-all)] [--exclude=<path>] [--include=<path>] [--directory=<root>] - [--verbose] [<patch>...] + [--verbose] [--unsafe-paths] [<patch>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -229,10 +229,20 @@ For example, a patch that talks about updating `a/git-gui.sh` to `b/git-gui.sh` can be applied to the file in the working tree `modules/git-gui/git-gui.sh` by running `git apply --directory=modules/git-gui`. +--unsafe-paths:: + By default, a patch that affects outside the working area + (either a Git controlled working tree, or the current working + directory when "git apply" is used as a replacement of GNU + patch) is rejected as a mistake (or a mischief). ++ +When `git apply` is used as a "better GNU patch", the user can pass +the `--unsafe-paths` option to override this safety check. This option +has no effect when `--index` or `--cached` is in use. + Configuration ------------- -apply.ignorewhitespace:: +apply.ignoreWhitespace:: Set to 'change' if you want changes in whitespace to be ignored by default. Set to one of: no, none, never, false if you want changes in whitespace to be significant. diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt index afeb86c6cd..0f0c6ff082 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect-lk2009.txt @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ developed and maintained during years or even tens of years by a lot of people. And as there are often many people who depend (sometimes critically) on such software, regressions are a really big problem. -One such software is the linux kernel. And if we look at the linux +One such software is the Linux kernel. And if we look at the Linux kernel, we can see that a lot of time and effort is spent to fight regressions. The release cycle start with a 2 weeks long merge window. Then the first release candidate (rc) version is tagged. And @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ regressions. And this time is more than 80% of the release cycle time. But this is not the end of the fight yet, as of course it continues after the release. -And then this is what Ingo Molnar (a well known linux kernel +And then this is what Ingo Molnar (a well known Linux kernel developer) says about his use of git bisect: _____________ diff --git a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt index f986c5cb3a..4cb52a7302 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-bisect.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-bisect.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ $ git bisect visualize `view` may also be used as a synonym for `visualize`. If the 'DISPLAY' environment variable is not set, 'git log' is used -instead. You can also give command line options such as `-p` and +instead. You can also give command-line options such as `-p` and `--stat`. ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-branch.txt index 311b33674e..359619b552 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-branch.txt @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ When a local branch is started off a remote-tracking branch, Git sets up the branch (specifically the `branch.<name>.remote` and `branch.<name>.merge` configuration entries) so that 'git pull' will appropriately merge from the remote-tracking branch. This behavior may be changed via the global -`branch.autosetupmerge` configuration flag. That setting can be +`branch.autoSetupMerge` configuration flag. That setting can be overridden by using the `--track` and `--no-track` options, and changed later using `git branch --set-upstream-to`. @@ -166,14 +166,14 @@ This option is only applicable in non-verbose mode. upstream when the new branch is checked out. + This behavior is the default when the start point is a remote-tracking branch. -Set the branch.autosetupmerge configuration variable to `false` if you +Set the branch.autoSetupMerge configuration variable to `false` if you want `git checkout` and `git branch` to always behave as if '--no-track' were given. Set it to `always` if you want this behavior when the start-point is either a local or remote-tracking branch. --no-track:: Do not set up "upstream" configuration, even if the - branch.autosetupmerge configuration variable is true. + branch.autoSetupMerge configuration variable is true. --set-upstream:: If specified branch does not exist yet or if `--force` has been diff --git a/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt b/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt index ee2e091704..e35cd0489b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-check-ignore.txt @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ the exclude mechanism) that decides if the pathname is excluded or included. Later patterns within a file take precedence over earlier ones. +By default, tracked files are not shown at all since they are not +subject to exclude rules; but see `--no-index'. + OPTIONS ------- -q, --quiet:: @@ -69,7 +72,7 @@ matching pattern, <source> is the pattern's source file, and <linenum> is the line number of the pattern within that source. If the pattern contained a `!` prefix or `/` suffix, it will be preserved in the output. <source> will be an absolute path when referring to the file -configured by `core.excludesfile`, or relative to the repository root +configured by `core.excludesFile`, or relative to the repository root when referring to `.git/info/exclude` or a per-directory exclude file. If `-z` is specified, the pathnames in the output are delimited by the diff --git a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt index 33ad2adf5c..d5041082e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-checkout.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-checkout.txt @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ explicitly give a name with '-b' in such a case. --no-track:: Do not set up "upstream" configuration, even if the - branch.autosetupmerge configuration variable is true. + branch.autoSetupMerge configuration variable is true. -l:: Create the new branch's reflog; see linkgit:git-branch[1] for @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ the conflicted merge in the specified paths. --conflict=<style>:: The same as --merge option above, but changes the way the conflicting hunks are presented, overriding the - merge.conflictstyle configuration variable. Possible values are + merge.conflictStyle configuration variable. Possible values are "merge" (default) and "diff3" (in addition to what is shown by "merge" style, shows the original contents). diff --git a/Documentation/git-clean.txt b/Documentation/git-clean.txt index 89979228b1..641681f61a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clean.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clean.txt @@ -34,8 +34,12 @@ OPTIONS -f:: --force:: If the Git configuration variable clean.requireForce is not set - to false, 'git clean' will refuse to run unless given -f, -n or - -i. + to false, 'git clean' will refuse to delete files or directories + unless given -f, -n or -i. Git will refuse to delete directories + with .git sub directory or file unless a second -f + is given. This affects also git submodules where the storage area + of the removed submodule under .git/modules/ is not removed until + -f is given twice. -i:: --interactive:: @@ -98,7 +102,7 @@ clean:: filter by pattern:: This shows the files and directories to be deleted and issues an - "Input ignore patterns>>" prompt. You can input space-seperated + "Input ignore patterns>>" prompt. You can input space-separated patterns to exclude files and directories from deletion. E.g. "*.c *.h" will excludes files end with ".c" and ".h" from deletion. When you are satisfied with the filtered result, press diff --git a/Documentation/git-clone.txt b/Documentation/git-clone.txt index 0363d0039b..f1f2a3f7ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-clone.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-clone.txt @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ SYNOPSIS 'git clone' [--template=<template_directory>] [-l] [-s] [--no-hardlinks] [-q] [-n] [--bare] [--mirror] [-o <name>] [-b <name>] [-u <upload-pack>] [--reference <repository>] - [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] + [--dissociate] [--separate-git-dir <git dir>] [--depth <depth>] [--[no-]single-branch] [--recursive | --recurse-submodules] [--] <repository> [<directory>] @@ -98,7 +98,14 @@ objects from the source repository into a pack in the cloned repository. require fewer objects to be copied from the repository being cloned, reducing network and local storage costs. + -*NOTE*: see the NOTE for the `--shared` option. +*NOTE*: see the NOTE for the `--shared` option, and also the +`--dissociate` option. + +--dissociate:: + Borrow the objects from reference repositories specified + with the `--reference` options only to reduce network + transfer and stop borrowing from them after a clone is made + by making necessary local copies of borrowed objects. --quiet:: -q:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt index a469eab066..f5f2a8d326 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit-tree.txt @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ OPTIONS GPG-sign commit. --no-gpg-sign:: - Countermand `commit.gpgsign` configuration variable that is + Countermand `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable that is set to force each and every commit to be signed. diff --git a/Documentation/git-commit.txt b/Documentation/git-commit.txt index 0bbc8f55f9..617e29b38b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-commit.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-commit.txt @@ -250,9 +250,10 @@ FROM UPSTREAM REBASE" section in linkgit:git-rebase[1].) -o:: --only:: - Make a commit only from the paths specified on the + Make a commit by taking the updated working tree contents + of the paths specified on the command line, disregarding any contents that have been - staged so far. This is the default mode of operation of + staged for other paths. This is the default mode of operation of 'git commit' if any paths are given on the command line, in which case this option can be omitted. If this option is specified together with '--amend', then @@ -283,6 +284,10 @@ configuration variable documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. would be committed at the bottom of the commit message template. Note that this diff output doesn't have its lines prefixed with '#'. ++ +If specified twice, show in addition the unified diff between +what would be committed and the worktree files, i.e. the unstaged +changes to tracked files. -q:: --quiet:: @@ -309,7 +314,7 @@ configuration variable documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. GPG-sign commit. --no-gpg-sign:: - Countermand `commit.gpgsign` configuration variable that is + Countermand `commit.gpgSign` configuration variable that is set to force each and every commit to be signed. \--:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-config.txt b/Documentation/git-config.txt index e9917b89a9..02ec096faa 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-config.txt @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ All writing options will per default write to the repository specific configuration file. Note that this also affects options like '--replace-all' and '--unset'. *'git config' will only ever change one file at a time*. -You can override these rules either by command line options or by environment +You can override these rules either by command-line options or by environment variables. The '--global' and the '--system' options will limit the file used to the global or system-wide file respectively. The GIT_CONFIG environment variable has a similar effect, but you can specify any filename you want. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ true % git config --bool --get-urlmatch http.sslverify https://weak.example.com false % git config --get-urlmatch http https://weak.example.com -http.cookiefile /tmp/cookie.txt +http.cookieFile /tmp/cookie.txt http.sslverify false ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt index d15db42d43..7051c6bdf8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-cache--daemon.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ git-credential-cache--daemon - Temporarily store user credentials in memory SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -git credential-cache--daemon <socket> +git credential-cache--daemon [--debug] <socket> DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -21,6 +21,10 @@ for `git-credential-cache` clients. Clients may store and retrieve credentials. Each credential is held for a timeout specified by the client; once no credentials are held, the daemon exits. +If the `--debug` option is specified, the daemon does not close its +stderr stream, and may output extra diagnostics to it even after it has +begun listening for clients. + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt index 8481cae70e..bc97071e76 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-credential-store.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ linkgit:gitcredentials[7] or `EXAMPLES` below. OPTIONS ------- ---store=<path>:: +--file=<path>:: Use `<path>` to store credentials. The file will have its filesystem permissions set to prevent other users on the system diff --git a/Documentation/git-cvsimport.txt b/Documentation/git-cvsimport.txt index 260f39fd40..00a0679a28 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cvsimport.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cvsimport.txt @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Problems related to tags: * Multiple tags on the same revision are not imported. If you suspect that any of these issues may apply to the repository you -want to imort, consider using cvs2git: +want to import, consider using cvs2git: * cvs2git (part of cvs2svn), `http://subversion.apache.org/` diff --git a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt index 472f5cbd07..db4d7a917c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-cvsserver.txt @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ to allow writes to, for example: authdb = /etc/cvsserver/passwd ------ -The format of these files is username followed by the crypted password, +The format of these files is username followed by the encrypted password, for example: ------ @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ with CVS_SERVER (and shouldn't) as 'git-shell' understands `cvs` to mean [gitcvs] enabled=1 # optional for debugging - logfile=/path/to/logfile + logFile=/path/to/logfile ------ Note: you need to ensure each user that is going to invoke 'git-cvsserver' has @@ -254,14 +254,14 @@ Configuring database backend its documentation if changing these variables, especially about `DBI->connect()`. -gitcvs.dbname:: +gitcvs.dbName:: Database name. The exact meaning depends on the selected database driver, for SQLite this is a filename. Supports variable substitution (see below). May not contain semicolons (`;`). Default: '%Ggitcvs.%m.sqlite' -gitcvs.dbdriver:: +gitcvs.dbDriver:: Used DBI driver. You can specify any available driver for this here, but it might not work. cvsserver is tested with 'DBD::SQLite', reported to work with @@ -271,12 +271,12 @@ gitcvs.dbdriver:: Default: 'SQLite' gitcvs.dbuser:: - Database user. Only useful if setting `dbdriver`, since + Database user. Only useful if setting `dbDriver`, since SQLite has no concept of database users. Supports variable substitution (see below). -gitcvs.dbpass:: - Database password. Only useful if setting `dbdriver`, since +gitcvs.dbPass:: + Database password. Only useful if setting `dbDriver`, since SQLite has no concept of database passwords. gitcvs.dbTableNamePrefix:: @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ All variables can also be set per access method, see <<configaccessmethod,above> Variable substitution ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -In `dbdriver` and `dbuser` you can use the following variables: +In `dbDriver` and `dbUser` you can use the following variables: %G:: Git directory name @@ -413,16 +413,16 @@ about end-of-line conversion. Alternatively, if `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` config is not enabled or the attributes do not allow automatic detection for a filename, then -the server uses the `gitcvs.allbinary` config for the default setting. -If `gitcvs.allbinary` is set, then file not otherwise +the server uses the `gitcvs.allBinary` config for the default setting. +If `gitcvs.allBinary` is set, then file not otherwise specified will default to '-kb' mode. Otherwise the '-k' mode -is left blank. But if `gitcvs.allbinary` is set to "guess", then +is left blank. But if `gitcvs.allBinary` is set to "guess", then the correct '-k' mode will be guessed based on the contents of the file. For best consistency with 'cvs', it is probably best to override the defaults by setting `gitcvs.usecrlfattr` to true, -and `gitcvs.allbinary` to "guess". +and `gitcvs.allBinary` to "guess". Dependencies ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-daemon.txt b/Documentation/git-daemon.txt index 223f731523..a69b3616ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-daemon.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-daemon.txt @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Git configuration files in that directory are readable by `<user>`. --forbid-override=<service>:: Allow/forbid overriding the site-wide default with per repository configuration. By default, all the services - are overridable. + may be overridden. --[no-]informative-errors:: When informative errors are turned on, git-daemon will report @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Git configuration files in that directory are readable by `<user>`. Every time a client connects, first run an external command specified by the <path> with service name (e.g. "upload-pack"), path to the repository, hostname (%H), canonical hostname - (%CH), ip address (%IP), and tcp port (%P) as its command line + (%CH), IP address (%IP), and TCP port (%P) as its command-line arguments. The external command can decide to decline the service by exiting with a non-zero status (or to allow it by exiting with a zero status). It can also look at the $REMOTE_ADDR @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ SERVICES -------- These services can be globally enabled/disabled using the -command line options of this command. If a finer-grained +command-line options of this command. If finer-grained control is desired (e.g. to allow 'git archive' to be run against only in a few selected repositories the daemon serves), the per-repository configuration file can be used to enable or diff --git a/Documentation/git-difftool.txt b/Documentation/git-difftool.txt index 11887e63a0..333cf6ff91 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-difftool.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-difftool.txt @@ -91,6 +91,15 @@ instead. `--no-symlinks` is the default on Windows. the default diff tool will be read from the configured `diff.guitool` variable instead of `diff.tool`. +--[no-]trust-exit-code:: + 'git-difftool' invokes a diff tool individually on each file. + Errors reported by the diff tool are ignored by default. + Use `--trust-exit-code` to make 'git-difftool' exit when an + invoked diff tool returns a non-zero exit code. ++ +'git-difftool' will forward the exit code of the invoked tool when +'--trust-exit-code' is used. + See linkgit:git-diff[1] for the full list of supported options. CONFIG VARIABLES @@ -116,6 +125,11 @@ See the `--tool=<tool>` option above for more details. difftool.prompt:: Prompt before each invocation of the diff tool. +difftool.trustExitCode:: + Exit difftool if the invoked diff tool returns a non-zero exit status. ++ +See the `--trust-exit-code` option above for more details. + SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-diff[1]:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt index 85f1f30fdf..929e496af8 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-export.txt @@ -105,6 +105,15 @@ marks the same across runs. in the commit (as opposed to just listing the files which are different from the commit's first parent). +--anonymize:: + Anonymize the contents of the repository while still retaining + the shape of the history and stored tree. See the section on + `ANONYMIZING` below. + +--refspec:: + Apply the specified refspec to each ref exported. Multiple of them can + be specified. + [<git-rev-list-args>...]:: A list of arguments, acceptable to 'git rev-parse' and 'git rev-list', that specifies the specific objects and references @@ -137,6 +146,62 @@ referenced by that revision range contains the string 'refs/heads/master'. +ANONYMIZING +----------- + +If the `--anonymize` option is given, git will attempt to remove all +identifying information from the repository while still retaining enough +of the original tree and history patterns to reproduce some bugs. The +goal is that a git bug which is found on a private repository will +persist in the anonymized repository, and the latter can be shared with +git developers to help solve the bug. + +With this option, git will replace all refnames, paths, blob contents, +commit and tag messages, names, and email addresses in the output with +anonymized data. Two instances of the same string will be replaced +equivalently (e.g., two commits with the same author will have the same +anonymized author in the output, but bear no resemblance to the original +author string). The relationship between commits, branches, and tags is +retained, as well as the commit timestamps (but the commit messages and +refnames bear no resemblance to the originals). The relative makeup of +the tree is retained (e.g., if you have a root tree with 10 files and 3 +trees, so will the output), but their names and the contents of the +files will be replaced. + +If you think you have found a git bug, you can start by exporting an +anonymized stream of the whole repository: + +--------------------------------------------------- +$ git fast-export --anonymize --all >anon-stream +--------------------------------------------------- + +Then confirm that the bug persists in a repository created from that +stream (many bugs will not, as they really do depend on the exact +repository contents): + +--------------------------------------------------- +$ git init anon-repo +$ cd anon-repo +$ git fast-import <../anon-stream +$ ... test your bug ... +--------------------------------------------------- + +If the anonymized repository shows the bug, it may be worth sharing +`anon-stream` along with a regular bug report. Note that the anonymized +stream compresses very well, so gzipping it is encouraged. If you want +to examine the stream to see that it does not contain any private data, +you can peruse it directly before sending. You may also want to try: + +--------------------------------------------------- +$ perl -pe 's/\d+/X/g' <anon-stream | sort -u | less +--------------------------------------------------- + +which shows all of the unique lines (with numbers converted to "X", to +collapse "User 0", "User 1", etc into "User X"). This produces a much +smaller output, and it is usually easy to quickly confirm that there is +no private data in the stream. + + Limitations ----------- @@ -144,6 +209,10 @@ Since 'git fast-import' cannot tag trees, you will not be able to export the linux.git repository completely, as it contains a tag referencing a tree instead of a commit. +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:git-fast-import[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt index fd22a9a0c1..f71fb0134b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fast-import.txt @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Date Formats ~~~~~~~~~~~~ The following date formats are supported. A frontend should select the format it will use for this import by passing the format name -in the \--date-format=<fmt> command line option. +in the \--date-format=<fmt> command-line option. `raw`:: This is the Git native format and is `<time> SP <offutc>`. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ and control the current import process. More detailed discussion `done`:: Marks the end of the stream. This command is optional unless the `done` feature was requested using the - `--done` command line option or `feature done` command. + `--done` command-line option or `feature done` command. `cat-blob`:: Causes fast-import to print a blob in 'cat-file --batch' @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ the email address from the other fields in the line. Note that of bytes, except `LT`, `GT` and `LF`. `<name>` is typically UTF-8 encoded. The time of the change is specified by `<when>` using the date format -that was selected by the \--date-format=<fmt> command line option. +that was selected by the \--date-format=<fmt> command-line option. See ``Date Formats'' above for the set of supported formats, and their syntax. @@ -483,6 +483,9 @@ Marks must be declared (via `mark`) before they can be used. * Any valid Git SHA-1 expression that resolves to a commit. See ``SPECIFYING REVISIONS'' in linkgit:gitrevisions[7] for details. +* The special null SHA-1 (40 zeros) specifies that the branch is to be + removed. + The special case of restarting an incremental import from the current branch value should be written as: ---- @@ -1085,7 +1088,7 @@ Option commands must be the first commands on the input (not counting feature commands), to give an option command after any non-option command is an error. -The following commandline options change import semantics and may therefore +The following command-line options change import semantics and may therefore not be passed as option: * date-format @@ -1099,7 +1102,7 @@ not be passed as option: If the `done` feature is not in use, treated as if EOF was read. This can be used to tell fast-import to finish early. -If the `--done` command line option or `feature done` command is +If the `--done` command-line option or `feature done` command is in use, the `done` command is mandatory and marks the end of the stream. @@ -1438,6 +1441,10 @@ operator can use this facility to peek at the objects and refs from an import in progress, at the cost of some added running time and worse compression. +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:git-fast-export[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-fetch.txt b/Documentation/git-fetch.txt index 5809aa4eb9..e62d9a0717 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-fetch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-fetch.txt @@ -17,22 +17,20 @@ SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION ----------- -Fetches named heads or tags from one or more other repositories, -along with the objects necessary to complete them. +Fetch branches and/or tags (collectively, "refs") from one or more +other repositories, along with the objects necessary to complete their +histories. Remote-tracking branches are updated (see the description +of <refspec> below for ways to control this behavior). -The ref names and their object names of fetched refs are stored -in `.git/FETCH_HEAD`. This information is left for a later merge -operation done by 'git merge'. - -By default, tags are auto-followed. This means that when fetching -from a remote, any tags on the remote that point to objects that exist -in the local repository are fetched. The effect is to fetch tags that +By default, any tag that points into the histories being fetched is +also fetched; the effect is to fetch tags that point at branches that you are interested in. This default behavior -can be changed by using the --tags or --no-tags options, by -configuring remote.<name>.tagopt, or by using a refspec that fetches -tags explicitly. +can be changed by using the --tags or --no-tags options or by +configuring remote.<name>.tagOpt. By using a refspec that fetches tags +explicitly, you can fetch tags that do not point into branches you +are interested in as well. -'git fetch' can fetch from either a single named repository, +'git fetch' can fetch from either a single named repository or URL, or from several repositories at once if <group> is given and there is a remotes.<group> entry in the configuration file. (See linkgit:git-config[1]). @@ -40,6 +38,10 @@ there is a remotes.<group> entry in the configuration file. When no remote is specified, by default the `origin` remote will be used, unless there's an upstream branch configured for the current branch. +The names of refs that are fetched, together with the object names +they point at, are written to `.git/FETCH_HEAD`. This information +may be used by scripts or other git commands, such as linkgit:git-pull[1]. + OPTIONS ------- include::fetch-options.txt[] @@ -49,6 +51,55 @@ include::pull-fetch-param.txt[] include::urls-remotes.txt[] +CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES[[CRTB]] +------------------------------------------- + +You often interact with the same remote repository by +regularly and repeatedly fetching from it. In order to keep track +of the progress of such a remote repository, `git fetch` allows you +to configure `remote.<repository>.fetch` configuration variables. + +Typically such a variable may look like this: + +------------------------------------------------ +[remote "origin"] + fetch = +refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/* +------------------------------------------------ + +This configuration is used in two ways: + +* When `git fetch` is run without specifying what branches + and/or tags to fetch on the command line, e.g. `git fetch origin` + or `git fetch`, `remote.<repository>.fetch` values are used as + the refspecs---they specify which refs to fetch and which local refs + to update. The example above will fetch + all branches that exist in the `origin` (i.e. any ref that matches + the left-hand side of the value, `refs/heads/*`) and update the + corresponding remote-tracking branches in the `refs/remotes/origin/*` + hierarchy. + +* When `git fetch` is run with explicit branches and/or tags + to fetch on the command line, e.g. `git fetch origin master`, the + <refspec>s given on the command line determine what are to be + fetched (e.g. `master` in the example, + which is a short-hand for `master:`, which in turn means + "fetch the 'master' branch but I do not explicitly say what + remote-tracking branch to update with it from the command line"), + and the example command will + fetch _only_ the 'master' branch. The `remote.<repository>.fetch` + values determine which + remote-tracking branch, if any, is updated. When used in this + way, the `remote.<repository>.fetch` values do not have any + effect in deciding _what_ gets fetched (i.e. the values are not + used as refspecs when the command-line lists refspecs); they are + only used to decide _where_ the refs that are fetched are stored + by acting as a mapping. + +The latter use of the `remote.<repository>.fetch` values can be +overridden by giving the `--refmap=<refspec>` parameter(s) on the +command line. + + EXAMPLES -------- @@ -76,6 +127,19 @@ the local repository by fetching from the branches (respectively) The `pu` branch will be updated even if it is does not fast-forward, because it is prefixed with a plus sign; `tmp` will not be. +* Peek at a remote's branch, without configuring the remote in your local +repository: ++ +------------------------------------------------ +$ git fetch git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/git/git.git maint +$ git log FETCH_HEAD +------------------------------------------------ ++ +The first command fetches the `maint` branch from the repository at +`git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/git/git.git` and the second command uses +`FETCH_HEAD` to examine the branch with linkgit:git-log[1]. The fetched +objects will eventually be removed by git's built-in housekeeping (see +linkgit:git-gc[1]). BUGS ---- diff --git a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt index 09535f2a08..73fd9e8230 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-filter-branch.txt @@ -451,8 +451,8 @@ characteristics: * By default The BFG takes full advantage of multi-core machines, cleansing commit file-trees in parallel. git-filter-branch cleans - commits sequentially (ie in a single-threaded manner), though it - _is_ possible to write filters that include their own parallellism, + commits sequentially (i.e. in a single-threaded manner), though it + _is_ possible to write filters that include their own parallelism, in the scripts executed against each commit. * The http://rtyley.github.io/bfg-repo-cleaner/#examples[command options] diff --git a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt index 5c0a4ab2d6..bb3ea9372f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-format-patch.txt @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [(--attach|--inline)[=<boundary>] | --no-attach] [-s | --signoff] [--signature=<signature> | --no-signature] + [--signature-file=<file>] [-n | --numbered | -N | --no-numbered] [--start-number <n>] [--numbered-files] [--in-reply-to=Message-Id] [--suffix=.<sfx>] @@ -233,6 +234,9 @@ configuration options in linkgit:git-notes[1] to use this workflow). signature option is omitted the signature defaults to the Git version number. +--signature-file=<file>:: + Works just like --signature except the signature is read from a file. + --suffix=.<sfx>:: Instead of using `.patch` as the suffix for generated filenames, use specified suffix. A common alternative is @@ -269,13 +273,13 @@ attachments, and sign off patches with configuration variables. ------------ [format] headers = "Organization: git-foo\n" - subjectprefix = CHANGE + subjectPrefix = CHANGE suffix = .txt numbered = auto to = <email> cc = <email> attach [ = mime-boundary-string ] - signoff = true + signOff = true coverletter = auto ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/git-gc.txt b/Documentation/git-gc.txt index 273c4663c8..52234987f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-gc.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-gc.txt @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ all loose objects are combined into a single pack using `git repack -d -l`. Setting the value of `gc.auto` to 0 disables automatic packing of loose objects. + -If the number of packs exceeds the value of `gc.autopacklimit`, +If the number of packs exceeds the value of `gc.autoPackLimit`, then existing packs (except those marked with a `.keep` file) are consolidated into a single pack by using the `-A` option of -'git repack'. Setting `gc.autopacklimit` to 0 disables +'git repack'. Setting `gc.autoPackLimit` to 0 disables automatic consolidation of packs. --prune=<date>:: @@ -101,18 +101,18 @@ branches: ------------ [gc "refs/remotes/*"] reflogExpire = never - reflogexpireUnreachable = 3 days + reflogExpireUnreachable = 3 days ------------ -The optional configuration variable 'gc.rerereresolved' indicates +The optional configuration variable 'gc.rerereResolved' indicates how long records of conflicted merge you resolved earlier are kept. This defaults to 60 days. -The optional configuration variable 'gc.rerereunresolved' indicates +The optional configuration variable 'gc.rerereUnresolved' indicates how long records of conflicted merge you have not resolved are kept. This defaults to 15 days. -The optional configuration variable 'gc.packrefs' determines if +The optional configuration variable 'gc.packRefs' determines if 'git gc' runs 'git pack-refs'. This can be set to "notbare" to enable it within all non-bare repos or it can be set to a boolean value. This defaults to true. diff --git a/Documentation/git-grep.txt b/Documentation/git-grep.txt index f83733490f..31811f16bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-grep.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-grep.txt @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ grep.extendedRegexp:: option is ignored when the 'grep.patternType' option is set to a value other than 'default'. +grep.fullName:: + If set to true, enable '--full-name' option by default. + OPTIONS ------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-help.txt b/Documentation/git-help.txt index b21e9d79be..3956525218 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-help.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-help.txt @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ CONFIGURATION VARIABLES help.format ~~~~~~~~~~~ -If no command line option is passed, the 'help.format' configuration +If no command-line option is passed, the 'help.format' configuration variable will be checked. The following values are supported for this -variable; they make 'git help' behave as their corresponding command +variable; they make 'git help' behave as their corresponding command- line option: * "man" corresponds to '-m|--man', @@ -93,15 +93,15 @@ help.browser, web.browser and browser.<tool>.path ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The 'help.browser', 'web.browser' and 'browser.<tool>.path' will also -be checked if the 'web' format is chosen (either by command line +be checked if the 'web' format is chosen (either by command-line option or configuration variable). See '-w|--web' in the OPTIONS section above and linkgit:git-web{litdd}browse[1]. man.viewer ~~~~~~~~~~ -The 'man.viewer' config variable will be checked if the 'man' format -is chosen. The following values are currently supported: +The 'man.viewer' configuration variable will be checked if the 'man' +format is chosen. The following values are currently supported: * "man": use the 'man' program as usual, * "woman": use 'emacsclient' to launch the "woman" mode in emacs @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ For example, this configuration: viewer = woman ------------------------------------------------ -will try to use konqueror first. But this may fail (for example if +will try to use konqueror first. But this may fail (for example, if DISPLAY is not set) and in that case emacs' woman mode will be tried. If everything fails, or if no viewer is configured, the viewer specified diff --git a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt index 875d2831a5..5d1e4c80cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-imap-send.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-imap-send - Send a collection of patches from stdin to an IMAP folder SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git imap-send' +'git imap-send' [-v] [-q] [--[no-]curl] DESCRIPTION @@ -26,6 +26,28 @@ Typical usage is something like: git format-patch --signoff --stdout --attach origin | git imap-send +OPTIONS +------- + +-v:: +--verbose:: + Be verbose. + +-q:: +--quiet:: + Be quiet. + +--curl:: + Use libcurl to communicate with the IMAP server, unless tunneling + into it. Ignored if Git was built without the USE_CURL_FOR_IMAP_SEND + option set. + +--no-curl:: + Talk to the IMAP server using git's own IMAP routines instead of + using libcurl. Ignored if Git was built with the NO_OPENSSL option + set. + + CONFIGURATION ------------- @@ -38,18 +60,17 @@ Variables imap.folder:: The folder to drop the mails into, which is typically the Drafts folder. For example: "INBOX.Drafts", "INBOX/Drafts" or - "[Gmail]/Drafts". Required to use imap-send. + "[Gmail]/Drafts". Required. imap.tunnel:: Command used to setup a tunnel to the IMAP server through which commands will be piped instead of using a direct network connection - to the server. Required when imap.host is not set to use imap-send. + to the server. Required when imap.host is not set. imap.host:: A URL identifying the server. Use a `imap://` prefix for non-secure connections and a `imaps://` prefix for secure connections. - Ignored when imap.tunnel is set, but required to use imap-send - otherwise. + Ignored when imap.tunnel is set, but required otherwise. imap.user:: The username to use when logging in to the server. @@ -76,7 +97,10 @@ imap.preformattedHTML:: imap.authMethod:: Specify authenticate method for authentication with IMAP server. - Current supported method is 'CRAM-MD5' only. + If Git was built with the NO_CURL option, or if your curl version is older + than 7.34.0, or if you're running git-imap-send with the `--no-curl` + option, the only supported method is 'CRAM-MD5'. If this is not set + then 'git imap-send' uses the basic IMAP plaintext LOGIN command. Examples ~~~~~~~~ @@ -97,7 +121,7 @@ Using direct mode: host = imap://imap.example.com user = bob pass = p4ssw0rd -.......................... +......................... Using direct mode with SSL: @@ -109,7 +133,7 @@ Using direct mode with SSL: pass = p4ssw0rd port = 123 sslverify = false -.......................... +......................... EXAMPLE diff --git a/Documentation/git-init.txt b/Documentation/git-init.txt index afd721e3a9..8174d27efd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-init.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-init.txt @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ OPTIONS -q:: --quiet:: -Only print error and warning messages, all other output will be suppressed. +Only print error and warning messages; all other output will be suppressed. --bare:: @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ DIRECTORY" section below.) --separate-git-dir=<git dir>:: -Instead of initializing the repository where it is supposed to be, -place a filesytem-agnostic Git symbolic link there, pointing to the -specified path, and initialize a Git repository at the path. The -result is Git repository can be separated from working tree. If this -is reinitialization, the repository will be moved to the specified -path. +Instead of initializing the repository as a directory to either `$GIT_DIR` or +`./.git/`, create a text file there containing the path to the actual +repository. This file acts as filesystem-agnostic Git symbolic link to the +repository. ++ +If this is reinitialization, the repository will be moved to the specified path. --shared[=(false|true|umask|group|all|world|everybody|0xxx)]:: @@ -72,60 +72,65 @@ repository. When specified, the config variable "core.sharedRepository" is set so that files and directories under `$GIT_DIR` are created with the requested permissions. When not specified, Git will use permissions reported by umask(2). - ++ The option can have the following values, defaulting to 'group' if no value is given: ++ +-- +'umask' (or 'false'):: - - 'umask' (or 'false'): Use permissions reported by umask(2). The default, - when `--shared` is not specified. +Use permissions reported by umask(2). The default, when `--shared` is not +specified. - - 'group' (or 'true'): Make the repository group-writable, (and g+sx, since - the git group may be not the primary group of all users). - This is used to loosen the permissions of an otherwise safe umask(2) value. - Note that the umask still applies to the other permission bits (e.g. if - umask is '0022', using 'group' will not remove read privileges from other - (non-group) users). See '0xxx' for how to exactly specify the repository - permissions. +'group' (or 'true'):: - - 'all' (or 'world' or 'everybody'): Same as 'group', but make the repository - readable by all users. +Make the repository group-writable, (and g+sx, since the git group may be not +the primary group of all users). This is used to loosen the permissions of an +otherwise safe umask(2) value. Note that the umask still applies to the other +permission bits (e.g. if umask is '0022', using 'group' will not remove read +privileges from other (non-group) users). See '0xxx' for how to exactly specify +the repository permissions. - - '0xxx': '0xxx' is an octal number and each file will have mode '0xxx'. - '0xxx' will override users' umask(2) value (and not only loosen permissions - as 'group' and 'all' does). '0640' will create a repository which is - group-readable, but not group-writable or accessible to others. '0660' will - create a repo that is readable and writable to the current user and group, - but inaccessible to others. +'all' (or 'world' or 'everybody'):: -By default, the configuration flag receive.denyNonFastForwards is enabled +Same as 'group', but make the repository readable by all users. + +'0xxx':: + +'0xxx' is an octal number and each file will have mode '0xxx'. '0xxx' will +override users' umask(2) value (and not only loosen permissions as 'group' and +'all' does). '0640' will create a repository which is group-readable, but not +group-writable or accessible to others. '0660' will create a repo that is +readable and writable to the current user and group, but inaccessible to others. +-- + +By default, the configuration flag `receive.denyNonFastForwards` is enabled in shared repositories, so that you cannot force a non fast-forwarding push into it. -If you name a (possibly non-existent) directory at the end of the command -line, the command is run inside the directory (possibly after creating it). +If you provide a 'directory', the command is run inside it. If this directory +does not exist, it will be created. -- - TEMPLATE DIRECTORY ------------------ The template directory contains files and directories that will be copied to the `$GIT_DIR` after it is created. -The template directory used will (in order): +The template directory will be one of the following (in order): - - The argument given with the `--template` option. + - the argument given with the `--template` option; - - The contents of the `$GIT_TEMPLATE_DIR` environment variable. + - the contents of the `$GIT_TEMPLATE_DIR` environment variable; - - The `init.templatedir` configuration variable. + - the `init.templateDir` configuration variable; or - - The default template directory: `/usr/share/git-core/templates`. + - the default template directory: `/usr/share/git-core/templates`. -The default template directory includes some directory structure, some -suggested "exclude patterns", and copies of sample "hook" files. -The suggested patterns and hook files are all modifiable and extensible. +The default template directory includes some directory structure, suggested +"exclude patterns" (see linkgit:gitignore[5]), and sample hook files (see linkgit:githooks[5]). EXAMPLES -------- @@ -136,10 +141,12 @@ Start a new Git repository for an existing code base:: $ cd /path/to/my/codebase $ git init <1> $ git add . <2> +$ git commit <3> ---------------- + -<1> prepare /path/to/my/codebase/.git directory -<2> add all existing file to the index +<1> Create a /path/to/my/codebase/.git directory. +<2> Add all existing files to the index. +<3> Record the pristine state as the first commit in the history. GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt b/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt index f3eef510f2..cc75b25022 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-instaweb.txt @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ You may specify configuration in your .git/config httpd = apache2 -f port = 4321 browser = konqueror - modulepath = /usr/lib/apache2/modules + modulePath = /usr/lib/apache2/modules ----------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt b/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6d9231b50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-interpret-trailers.txt @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +git-interpret-trailers(1) +========================= + +NAME +---- +git-interpret-trailers - help add structured information into commit messages + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git interpret-trailers' [--trim-empty] [(--trailer <token>[(=|:)<value>])...] [<file>...] + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Help adding 'trailers' lines, that look similar to RFC 822 e-mail +headers, at the end of the otherwise free-form part of a commit +message. + +This command reads some patches or commit messages from either the +<file> arguments or the standard input if no <file> is specified. Then +this command applies the arguments passed using the `--trailer` +option, if any, to the commit message part of each input file. The +result is emitted on the standard output. + +Some configuration variables control the way the `--trailer` arguments +are applied to each commit message and the way any existing trailer in +the commit message is changed. They also make it possible to +automatically add some trailers. + +By default, a '<token>=<value>' or '<token>:<value>' argument given +using `--trailer` will be appended after the existing trailers only if +the last trailer has a different (<token>, <value>) pair (or if there +is no existing trailer). The <token> and <value> parts will be trimmed +to remove starting and trailing whitespace, and the resulting trimmed +<token> and <value> will appear in the message like this: + +------------------------------------------------ +token: value +------------------------------------------------ + +This means that the trimmed <token> and <value> will be separated by +`': '` (one colon followed by one space). + +By default the new trailer will appear at the end of all the existing +trailers. If there is no existing trailer, the new trailer will appear +after the commit message part of the output, and, if there is no line +with only spaces at the end of the commit message part, one blank line +will be added before the new trailer. + +Existing trailers are extracted from the input message by looking for +a group of one or more lines that contain a colon (by default), where +the group is preceded by one or more empty (or whitespace-only) lines. +The group must either be at the end of the message or be the last +non-whitespace lines before a line that starts with '---'. Such three +minus signs start the patch part of the message. + +When reading trailers, there can be whitespaces before and after the +token, the separator and the value. There can also be whitespaces +inside the token and the value. + +Note that 'trailers' do not follow and are not intended to follow many +rules for RFC 822 headers. For example they do not follow the line +folding rules, the encoding rules and probably many other rules. + +OPTIONS +------- +--trim-empty:: + If the <value> part of any trailer contains only whitespace, + the whole trailer will be removed from the resulting message. + This apply to existing trailers as well as new trailers. + +--trailer <token>[(=|:)<value>]:: + Specify a (<token>, <value>) pair that should be applied as a + trailer to the input messages. See the description of this + command. + +CONFIGURATION VARIABLES +----------------------- + +trailer.separators:: + This option tells which characters are recognized as trailer + separators. By default only ':' is recognized as a trailer + separator, except that '=' is always accepted on the command + line for compatibility with other git commands. ++ +The first character given by this option will be the default character +used when another separator is not specified in the config for this +trailer. ++ +For example, if the value for this option is "%=$", then only lines +using the format '<token><sep><value>' with <sep> containing '%', '=' +or '$' and then spaces will be considered trailers. And '%' will be +the default separator used, so by default trailers will appear like: +'<token>% <value>' (one percent sign and one space will appear between +the token and the value). + +trailer.where:: + This option tells where a new trailer will be added. ++ +This can be `end`, which is the default, `start`, `after` or `before`. ++ +If it is `end`, then each new trailer will appear at the end of the +existing trailers. ++ +If it is `start`, then each new trailer will appear at the start, +instead of the end, of the existing trailers. ++ +If it is `after`, then each new trailer will appear just after the +last trailer with the same <token>. ++ +If it is `before`, then each new trailer will appear just before the +first trailer with the same <token>. + +trailer.ifexists:: + This option makes it possible to choose what action will be + performed when there is already at least one trailer with the + same <token> in the message. ++ +The valid values for this option are: `addIfDifferentNeighbor` (this +is the default), `addIfDifferent`, `add`, `overwrite` or `doNothing`. ++ +With `addIfDifferentNeighbor`, a new trailer will be added only if no +trailer with the same (<token>, <value>) pair is above or below the line +where the new trailer will be added. ++ +With `addIfDifferent`, a new trailer will be added only if no trailer +with the same (<token>, <value>) pair is already in the message. ++ +With `add`, a new trailer will be added, even if some trailers with +the same (<token>, <value>) pair are already in the message. ++ +With `replace`, an existing trailer with the same <token> will be +deleted and the new trailer will be added. The deleted trailer will be +the closest one (with the same <token>) to the place where the new one +will be added. ++ +With `doNothing`, nothing will be done; that is no new trailer will be +added if there is already one with the same <token> in the message. + +trailer.ifmissing:: + This option makes it possible to choose what action will be + performed when there is not yet any trailer with the same + <token> in the message. ++ +The valid values for this option are: `add` (this is the default) and +`doNothing`. ++ +With `add`, a new trailer will be added. ++ +With `doNothing`, nothing will be done. + +trailer.<token>.key:: + This `key` will be used instead of <token> in the trailer. At + the end of this key, a separator can appear and then some + space characters. By default the only valid separator is ':', + but this can be changed using the `trailer.separators` config + variable. ++ +If there is a separator, then the key will be used instead of both the +<token> and the default separator when adding the trailer. + +trailer.<token>.where:: + This option takes the same values as the 'trailer.where' + configuration variable and it overrides what is specified by + that option for trailers with the specified <token>. + +trailer.<token>.ifexist:: + This option takes the same values as the 'trailer.ifexist' + configuration variable and it overrides what is specified by + that option for trailers with the specified <token>. + +trailer.<token>.ifmissing:: + This option takes the same values as the 'trailer.ifmissing' + configuration variable and it overrides what is specified by + that option for trailers with the specified <token>. + +trailer.<token>.command:: + This option can be used to specify a shell command that will + be called to automatically add or modify a trailer with the + specified <token>. ++ +When this option is specified, the behavior is as if a special +'<token>=<value>' argument were added at the beginning of the command +line, where <value> is taken to be the standard output of the +specified command with any leading and trailing whitespace trimmed +off. ++ +If the command contains the `$ARG` string, this string will be +replaced with the <value> part of an existing trailer with the same +<token>, if any, before the command is launched. ++ +If some '<token>=<value>' arguments are also passed on the command +line, when a 'trailer.<token>.command' is configured, the command will +also be executed for each of these arguments. And the <value> part of +these arguments, if any, will be used to replace the `$ARG` string in +the command. + +EXAMPLES +-------- + +* Configure a 'sign' trailer with a 'Signed-off-by' key, and then + add two of these trailers to a message: ++ +------------ +$ git config trailer.sign.key "Signed-off-by" +$ cat msg.txt +subject + +message +$ cat msg.txt | git interpret-trailers --trailer 'sign: Alice <alice@example.com>' --trailer 'sign: Bob <bob@example.com>' +subject + +message + +Signed-off-by: Alice <alice@example.com> +Signed-off-by: Bob <bob@example.com> +------------ + +* Extract the last commit as a patch, and add a 'Cc' and a + 'Reviewed-by' trailer to it: ++ +------------ +$ git format-patch -1 +0001-foo.patch +$ git interpret-trailers --trailer 'Cc: Alice <alice@example.com>' --trailer 'Reviewed-by: Bob <bob@example.com>' 0001-foo.patch >0001-bar.patch +------------ + +* Configure a 'sign' trailer with a command to automatically add a + 'Signed-off-by: ' with the author information only if there is no + 'Signed-off-by: ' already, and show how it works: ++ +------------ +$ git config trailer.sign.key "Signed-off-by: " +$ git config trailer.sign.ifmissing add +$ git config trailer.sign.ifexists doNothing +$ git config trailer.sign.command 'echo "$(git config user.name) <$(git config user.email)>"' +$ git interpret-trailers <<EOF +> EOF + +Signed-off-by: Bob <bob@example.com> +$ git interpret-trailers <<EOF +> Signed-off-by: Alice <alice@example.com> +> EOF + +Signed-off-by: Alice <alice@example.com> +------------ + +* Configure a 'fix' trailer with a key that contains a '#' and no + space after this character, and show how it works: ++ +------------ +$ git config trailer.separators ":#" +$ git config trailer.fix.key "Fix #" +$ echo "subject" | git interpret-trailers --trailer fix=42 +subject + +Fix #42 +------------ + +* Configure a 'see' trailer with a command to show the subject of a + commit that is related, and show how it works: ++ +------------ +$ git config trailer.see.key "See-also: " +$ git config trailer.see.ifExists "replace" +$ git config trailer.see.ifMissing "doNothing" +$ git config trailer.see.command "git log -1 --oneline --format=\"%h (%s)\" --abbrev-commit --abbrev=14 \$ARG" +$ git interpret-trailers <<EOF +> subject +> +> message +> +> see: HEAD~2 +> EOF +subject + +message + +See-also: fe3187489d69c4 (subject of related commit) +------------ + +* Configure a commit template with some trailers with empty values + (using sed to show and keep the trailing spaces at the end of the + trailers), then configure a commit-msg hook that uses + 'git interpret-trailers' to remove trailers with empty values and + to add a 'git-version' trailer: ++ +------------ +$ sed -e 's/ Z$/ /' >commit_template.txt <<EOF +> ***subject*** +> +> ***message*** +> +> Fixes: Z +> Cc: Z +> Reviewed-by: Z +> Signed-off-by: Z +> EOF +$ git config commit.template commit_template.txt +$ cat >.git/hooks/commit-msg <<EOF +> #!/bin/sh +> git interpret-trailers --trim-empty --trailer "git-version: \$(git describe)" "\$1" > "\$1.new" +> mv "\$1.new" "\$1" +> EOF +$ chmod +x .git/hooks/commit-msg +------------ + +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:git-commit[1], linkgit:git-format-patch[1], linkgit:git-config[1] + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-log.txt b/Documentation/git-log.txt index 1f7bc67d6c..18bc716a0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-log.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-log.txt @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ log.date:: `--date` option.) Defaults to "default", which means to write dates like `Sat May 8 19:35:34 2010 -0500`. -log.showroot:: +log.showRoot:: If `false`, `git log` and related commands will not treat the initial commit as a big creation event. Any root commits in `git log -p` output would be shown without a diff attached. diff --git a/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt b/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt index c0856a6e0a..e26f01fb1d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-ls-files.txt @@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ specifies the format of exclude patterns. These exclude patterns come from these places, in order: - 1. The command line flag --exclude=<pattern> specifies a + 1. The command-line flag --exclude=<pattern> specifies a single pattern. Patterns are ordered in the same order they appear in the command line. - 2. The command line flag --exclude-from=<file> specifies a + 2. The command-line flag --exclude-from=<file> specifies a file containing a list of patterns. Patterns are ordered in the same order they appear in the file. - 3. The command line flag --exclude-per-directory=<name> specifies + 3. The command-line flag --exclude-per-directory=<name> specifies a name of the file in each directory 'git ls-files' examines, normally `.gitignore`. Files in deeper directories take precedence. Patterns are ordered in the diff --git a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt index 164a3c6ede..0947084140 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mailinfo.txt @@ -66,6 +66,11 @@ conversion, even with this flag. -n:: Disable all charset re-coding of the metadata. +-m:: +--message-id:: + Copy the Message-ID header at the end of the commit message. This + is useful in order to associate commits with mailing list discussions. + --scissors:: Remove everything in body before a scissors line. A line that mainly consists of scissors (either ">8" or "8<") and perforation diff --git a/Documentation/git-merge.txt b/Documentation/git-merge.txt index a3c1fa332a..1f94908e3c 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-merge.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-merge.txt @@ -101,9 +101,8 @@ commit or stash your changes before running 'git merge'. Specifying more than one commit will create a merge with more than two parents (affectionately called an Octopus merge). + -If no commit is given from the command line, and if `merge.defaultToUpstream` -configuration variable is set, merge the remote-tracking branches -that the current branch is configured to use as its upstream. +If no commit is given from the command line, merge the remote-tracking +branches that the current branch is configured to use as its upstream. See also the configuration section of this manual page. @@ -233,7 +232,7 @@ Barbie's remark on your side. The only thing you can tell is that your side wants to say it is hard and you'd prefer to go shopping, while the other side wants to claim it is easy. -An alternative style can be used by setting the "merge.conflictstyle" +An alternative style can be used by setting the "merge.conflictStyle" configuration variable to "diff3". In "diff3" style, the above conflict may look like this: @@ -330,7 +329,7 @@ CONFIGURATION ------------- include::merge-config.txt[] -branch.<name>.mergeoptions:: +branch.<name>.mergeOptions:: Sets default options for merging into branch <name>. The syntax and supported options are the same as those of 'git merge', but option values containing whitespace characters are currently not supported. diff --git a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt index 07137f252b..e846c2ed7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-mergetool.txt @@ -71,11 +71,13 @@ success of the resolution after the custom tool has exited. --no-prompt:: Don't prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program. + This is the default if the merge resolution program is + explicitly specified with the `--tool` option or with the + `merge.tool` configuration variable. --prompt:: - Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program. - This is the default behaviour; the option is provided to - override any configuration settings. + Prompt before each invocation of the merge resolution program + to give the user a chance to skip the path. TEMPORARY FILES --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-notes.txt b/Documentation/git-notes.txt index 310f0a5e8c..851518d531 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-notes.txt @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git notes' [list [<object>]] -'git notes' add [-f] [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] +'git notes' add [-f] [--allow-empty] [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] 'git notes' copy [-f] ( --stdin | <from-object> <to-object> ) -'git notes' append [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] -'git notes' edit [<object>] +'git notes' append [--allow-empty] [-F <file> | -m <msg> | (-c | -C) <object>] [<object>] +'git notes' edit [--allow-empty] [<object>] 'git notes' show [<object>] 'git notes' merge [-v | -q] [-s <strategy> ] <notes-ref> 'git notes' merge --commit [-v | -q] @@ -155,6 +155,10 @@ OPTIONS Like '-C', but with '-c' the editor is invoked, so that the user can further edit the note message. +--allow-empty:: + Allow an empty note object to be stored. The default behavior is + to automatically remove empty notes. + --ref <ref>:: Manipulate the notes tree in <ref>. This overrides 'GIT_NOTES_REF' and the "core.notesRef" configuration. The ref @@ -287,7 +291,7 @@ arbitrary files using 'git hash-object': ------------ $ cc *.c $ blob=$(git hash-object -w a.out) -$ git notes --ref=built add -C "$blob" HEAD +$ git notes --ref=built add --allow-empty -C "$blob" HEAD ------------ (You cannot simply use `git notes --ref=built add -F a.out HEAD` diff --git a/Documentation/git-p4.txt b/Documentation/git-p4.txt index 6ab5f9497a..a1664b9f68 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-p4.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-p4.txt @@ -241,6 +241,9 @@ Git repository: Use a client spec to find the list of interesting files in p4. See the "CLIENT SPEC" section below. +-/ <path>:: + Exclude selected depot paths when cloning or syncing. + Clone options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ These options can be used in an initial 'clone', along with the 'sync' @@ -254,9 +257,6 @@ options described above. --bare:: Perform a bare clone. See linkgit:git-clone[1]. --/ <path>:: - Exclude selected depot paths when cloning. - Submit options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ These options can be used to modify 'git p4 submit' behavior. diff --git a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt index d2d8f4792a..c2f76fb1ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pack-objects.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ SYNOPSIS [--no-reuse-delta] [--delta-base-offset] [--non-empty] [--local] [--incremental] [--window=<n>] [--depth=<n>] [--revs [--unpacked | --all]] [--stdout | base-name] - [--keep-true-parents] < object-list + [--shallow] [--keep-true-parents] < object-list DESCRIPTION @@ -190,6 +190,11 @@ required objects and is thus unusable by Git without making it self-contained. Use `git index-pack --fix-thin` (see linkgit:git-index-pack[1]) to restore the self-contained property. +--shallow:: + Optimize a pack that will be provided to a client with a shallow + repository. This option, combined with \--thin, can result in a + smaller pack at the cost of speed. + --delta-base-offset:: A packed archive can express the base object of a delta as either a 20-byte object name or as an offset in the diff --git a/Documentation/git-patch-id.txt b/Documentation/git-patch-id.txt index 312c3b1fe5..31efc587ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-patch-id.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-patch-id.txt @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ git-patch-id - Compute unique ID for a patch SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git patch-id' < <patch> +'git patch-id' [--stable | --unstable] < <patch> DESCRIPTION ----------- -A "patch ID" is nothing but a SHA-1 of the diff associated with a patch, with -whitespace and line numbers ignored. As such, it's "reasonably stable", but at -the same time also reasonably unique, i.e., two patches that have the same "patch -ID" are almost guaranteed to be the same thing. +A "patch ID" is nothing but a sum of SHA-1 of the file diffs associated with a +patch, with whitespace and line numbers ignored. As such, it's "reasonably +stable", but at the same time also reasonably unique, i.e., two patches that +have the same "patch ID" are almost guaranteed to be the same thing. IOW, you can use this thing to look for likely duplicate commits. @@ -27,6 +27,33 @@ This can be used to make a mapping from patch ID to commit ID. OPTIONS ------- + +--stable:: + Use a "stable" sum of hashes as the patch ID. With this option: + - Reordering file diffs that make up a patch does not affect the ID. + In particular, two patches produced by comparing the same two trees + with two different settings for "-O<orderfile>" result in the same + patch ID signature, thereby allowing the computed result to be used + as a key to index some meta-information about the change between + the two trees; + + - Result is different from the value produced by git 1.9 and older + or produced when an "unstable" hash (see --unstable below) is + configured - even when used on a diff output taken without any use + of "-O<orderfile>", thereby making existing databases storing such + "unstable" or historical patch-ids unusable. + + This is the default if patchid.stable is set to true. + +--unstable:: + Use an "unstable" hash as the patch ID. With this option, + the result produced is compatible with the patch-id value produced + by git 1.9 and older. Users with pre-existing databases storing + patch-ids produced by git 1.9 and older (who do not deal with reordered + patches) may want to use this option. + + This is the default. + <patch>:: The diff to create the ID of. diff --git a/Documentation/git-prune-packed.txt b/Documentation/git-prune-packed.txt index 6738055bd3..9fed59a317 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-prune-packed.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-prune-packed.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ git-prune-packed(1) -===================== +=================== NAME ---- diff --git a/Documentation/git-pull.txt b/Documentation/git-pull.txt index 200eb22260..d3d236cd1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-pull.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-pull.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ locally created merge commits will not be flattened. + When false, merge the current branch into the upstream branch. + -See `pull.rebase`, `branch.<name>.rebase` and `branch.autosetuprebase` in +See `pull.rebase`, `branch.<name>.rebase` and `branch.autoSetupRebase` in linkgit:git-config[1] if you want to make `git pull` always use `--rebase` instead of merging. + diff --git a/Documentation/git-push.txt b/Documentation/git-push.txt index 21cd455508..5171086181 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-push.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-push.txt @@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ git-push - Update remote refs along with associated objects SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git push' [--all | --mirror | --tags] [--follow-tags] [-n | --dry-run] [--receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>] - [--repo=<repository>] [-f | --force] [--prune] [-v | --verbose] [-u | --set-upstream] +'git push' [--all | --mirror | --tags] [--follow-tags] [--atomic] [-n | --dry-run] [--receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>] + [--repo=<repository>] [-f | --force] [--prune] [-v | --verbose] + [-u | --set-upstream] [--signed] [--force-with-lease[=<refname>[:<expect>]]] [--no-verify] [<repository> [<refspec>...]] @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ When the command line does not specify what to push with `<refspec>...` arguments or `--all`, `--mirror`, `--tags` options, the command finds the default `<refspec>` by consulting `remote.*.push` configuration, and if it is not found, honors `push.default` configuration to decide -what to push (See gitlink:git-config[1] for the meaning of `push.default`). +what to push (See linkgit:git-config[1] for the meaning of `push.default`). OPTIONS[[OPTIONS]] @@ -127,7 +128,21 @@ already exists on the remote side. Push all the refs that would be pushed without this option, and also push annotated tags in `refs/tags` that are missing from the remote but are pointing at commit-ish that are - reachable from the refs being pushed. + reachable from the refs being pushed. This can also be specified + with configuration variable 'push.followTags'. For more + information, see 'push.followTags' in linkgit:git-config[1]. + + +--signed:: + GPG-sign the push request to update refs on the receiving + side, to allow it to be checked by the hooks and/or be + logged. See linkgit:git-receive-pack[1] for the details + on the receiving end. + +--[no-]atomic:: + Use an atomic transaction on the remote side if available. + Either all refs are updated, or on error, no refs are updated. + If the server does not support atomic pushes the push will fail. --receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>:: --exec=<git-receive-pack>:: @@ -207,22 +222,8 @@ origin +master` to force a push to the `master` branch). See the `<refspec>...` section above for details. --repo=<repository>:: - This option is only relevant if no <repository> argument is - passed in the invocation. In this case, 'git push' derives the - remote name from the current branch: If it tracks a remote - branch, then that remote repository is pushed to. Otherwise, - the name "origin" is used. For this latter case, this option - can be used to override the name "origin". In other words, - the difference between these two commands -+ --------------------------- -git push public #1 -git push --repo=public #2 --------------------------- -+ -is that #1 always pushes to "public" whereas #2 pushes to "public" -only if the current branch does not track a remote branch. This is -useful if you write an alias or script around 'git push'. + This option is equivalent to the <repository> argument. If both + are specified, the command-line argument takes precedence. -u:: --set-upstream:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-quiltimport.txt b/Documentation/git-quiltimport.txt index a356196586..d64388cb8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-quiltimport.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-quiltimport.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ git-quiltimport(1) -================ +================== NAME ---- diff --git a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt index 056c0dba81..fa1d557e5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-read-tree.txt @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ merge. The different stages represent the "result tree" (stage 0, aka you are trying to merge (stage 2 and 3 respectively). The order of stages 1, 2 and 3 (hence the order of three -<tree-ish> command line arguments) are significant when you +<tree-ish> command-line arguments) are significant when you start a 3-way merge with an index file that is already populated. Here is an outline of how the algorithm works: diff --git a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt index 2a93c645bd..d728030590 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rebase.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rebase.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git rebase' [-i | --interactive] [options] [--exec <cmd>] [--onto <newbase>] - [<upstream>] [<branch>] + [<upstream> [<branch>]] 'git rebase' [-i | --interactive] [options] [--exec <cmd>] [--onto <newbase>] --root [<branch>] 'git rebase' --continue | --skip | --abort | --edit-todo @@ -21,15 +21,17 @@ If <branch> is specified, 'git rebase' will perform an automatic it remains on the current branch. If <upstream> is not specified, the upstream configured in -branch.<name>.remote and branch.<name>.merge options will be used; see -linkgit:git-config[1] for details. If you are currently not on any -branch or if the current branch does not have a configured upstream, -the rebase will abort. +branch.<name>.remote and branch.<name>.merge options will be used (see +linkgit:git-config[1] for details) and the `--fork-point` option is +assumed. If you are currently not on any branch or if the current +branch does not have a configured upstream, the rebase will abort. All changes made by commits in the current branch but that are not in <upstream> are saved to a temporary area. This is the same set -of commits that would be shown by `git log <upstream>..HEAD` (or -`git log HEAD`, if --root is specified). +of commits that would be shown by `git log <upstream>..HEAD`; or by +`git log 'fork_point'..HEAD`, if `--fork-point` is active (see the +description on `--fork-point` below); or by `git log HEAD`, if the +`--root` option is specified. The current branch is reset to <upstream>, or <newbase> if the --onto option was supplied. This has the exact same effect as @@ -205,10 +207,10 @@ rebase.stat:: Whether to show a diffstat of what changed upstream since the last rebase. False by default. -rebase.autosquash:: +rebase.autoSquash:: If set to true enable '--autosquash' option by default. -rebase.autostash:: +rebase.autoStash:: If set to true enable '--autostash' option by default. OPTIONS @@ -316,11 +318,8 @@ which makes little sense. -f:: --force-rebase:: - Force the rebase even if the current branch is a descendant - of the commit you are rebasing onto. Normally non-interactive rebase will - exit with the message "Current branch is up to date" in such a - situation. - Incompatible with the --interactive option. + Force a rebase even if the current branch is up-to-date and + the command without `--force` would return without doing anything. + You may find this (or --no-ff with an interactive rebase) helpful after reverting a topic branch merge, as this option recreates the topic branch with @@ -330,13 +329,18 @@ link:howto/revert-a-faulty-merge.html[revert-a-faulty-merge How-To] for details) --fork-point:: --no-fork-point:: - Use 'git merge-base --fork-point' to find a better common ancestor - between `upstream` and `branch` when calculating which commits have - have been introduced by `branch` (see linkgit:git-merge-base[1]). + Use reflog to find a better common ancestor between <upstream> + and <branch> when calculating which commits have been + introduced by <branch>. ++ +When --fork-point is active, 'fork_point' will be used instead of +<upstream> to calculate the set of commits to rebase, where +'fork_point' is the result of `git merge-base --fork-point <upstream> +<branch>` command (see linkgit:git-merge-base[1]). If 'fork_point' +ends up being empty, the <upstream> will be used as a fallback. + -If no non-option arguments are given on the command line, then the default is -`--fork-point @{u}` otherwise the `upstream` argument is interpreted literally -unless the `--fork-point` option is specified. +If either <upstream> or --root is given on the command line, then the +default is `--no-fork-point`, otherwise the default is `--fork-point`. --ignore-whitespace:: --whitespace=<option>:: @@ -410,7 +414,7 @@ squash/fixup series. This option is only valid when the '--interactive' option is used. + If the '--autosquash' option is enabled by default using the -configuration variable `rebase.autosquash`, this option can be +configuration variable `rebase.autoSquash`, this option can be used to override and disable this setting. --[no-]autostash:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt index b1f7dc643a..000ee8dba2 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-receive-pack.txt @@ -53,6 +53,56 @@ the update. Refs to be created will have sha1-old equal to 0\{40}, while refs to be deleted will have sha1-new equal to 0\{40}, otherwise sha1-old and sha1-new should be valid objects in the repository. +When accepting a signed push (see linkgit:git-push[1]), the signed +push certificate is stored in a blob and an environment variable +`GIT_PUSH_CERT` can be consulted for its object name. See the +description of `post-receive` hook for an example. In addition, the +certificate is verified using GPG and the result is exported with +the following environment variables: + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_SIGNER`:: + The name and the e-mail address of the owner of the key that + signed the push certificate. + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_KEY`:: + The GPG key ID of the key that signed the push certificate. + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_STATUS`:: + The status of GPG verification of the push certificate, + using the same mnemonic as used in `%G?` format of `git log` + family of commands (see linkgit:git-log[1]). + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE`:: + The nonce string the process asked the signer to include + in the push certificate. If this does not match the value + recorded on the "nonce" header in the push certificate, it + may indicate that the certificate is a valid one that is + being replayed from a separate "git push" session. + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS`:: +`UNSOLICITED`;; + "git push --signed" sent a nonce when we did not ask it to + send one. +`MISSING`;; + "git push --signed" did not send any nonce header. +`BAD`;; + "git push --signed" sent a bogus nonce. +`OK`;; + "git push --signed" sent the nonce we asked it to send. +`SLOP`;; + "git push --signed" sent a nonce different from what we + asked it to send now, but in a previous session. See + `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP` environment variable. + +`GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_SLOP`:: + "git push --signed" sent a nonce different from what we + asked it to send now, but in a different session whose + starting time is different by this many seconds from the + current session. Only meaningful when + `GIT_PUSH_CERT_NONCE_STATUS` says `SLOP`. + Also read about `receive.certNonceSlop` variable in + linkgit:git-config[1]. + This hook is called before any refname is updated and before any fast-forward checks are performed. @@ -101,9 +151,14 @@ the update. Refs that were created will have sha1-old equal to 0\{40}, otherwise sha1-old and sha1-new should be valid objects in the repository. +The `GIT_PUSH_CERT*` environment variables can be inspected, just as +in `pre-receive` hook, after accepting a signed push. + Using this hook, it is easy to generate mails describing the updates to the repository. This example script sends one mail message per -ref listing the commits pushed to the repository: +ref listing the commits pushed to the repository, and logs the push +certificates of signed pushes with good signatures to a logger +service: #!/bin/sh # mail out commit update information. @@ -119,6 +174,14 @@ ref listing the commits pushed to the repository: fi | mail -s "Changes to ref $ref" commit-list@mydomain done + # log signed push certificate, if any + if test -n "${GIT_PUSH_CERT-}" && test ${GIT_PUSH_CERT_STATUS} = G + then + ( + echo expected nonce is ${GIT_PUSH_NONCE} + git cat-file blob ${GIT_PUSH_CERT} + ) | mail -s "push certificate from $GIT_PUSH_CERT_SIGNER" push-log@mydomain + fi exit 0 The exit code from this hook invocation is ignored, however a diff --git a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt index 70791b9fd8..5e7908e4f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-reflog.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-reflog.txt @@ -17,85 +17,113 @@ The command takes various subcommands, and different options depending on the subcommand: [verse] -'git reflog expire' [--dry-run] [--stale-fix] [--verbose] - [--expire=<time>] [--expire-unreachable=<time>] [--all] <refs>... -'git reflog delete' ref@\{specifier\}... 'git reflog' ['show'] [log-options] [<ref>] +'git reflog expire' [--expire=<time>] [--expire-unreachable=<time>] + [--rewrite] [--updateref] [--stale-fix] + [--dry-run] [--verbose] [--all | <refs>...] +'git reflog delete' [--rewrite] [--updateref] + [--dry-run] [--verbose] ref@\{specifier\}... + +Reference logs, or "reflogs", record when the tips of branches and +other references were updated in the local repository. Reflogs are +useful in various Git commands, to specify the old value of a +reference. For example, `HEAD@{2}` means "where HEAD used to be two +moves ago", `master@{one.week.ago}` means "where master used to point +to one week ago in this local repository", and so on. See +linkgit:gitrevisions[7] for more details. + +This command manages the information recorded in the reflogs. + +The "show" subcommand (which is also the default, in the absence of +any subcommands) shows the log of the reference provided in the +command-line (or `HEAD`, by default). The reflog covers all recent +actions, and in addition the `HEAD` reflog records branch switching. +`git reflog show` is an alias for `git log -g --abbrev-commit +--pretty=oneline`; see linkgit:git-log[1] for more information. + +The "expire" subcommand prunes older reflog entries. Entries older +than `expire` time, or entries older than `expire-unreachable` time +and not reachable from the current tip, are removed from the reflog. +This is typically not used directly by end users -- instead, see +linkgit:git-gc[1]. + +The "delete" subcommand deletes single entries from the reflog. Its +argument must be an _exact_ entry (e.g. "`git reflog delete +master@{2}`"). This subcommand is also typically not used directly by +end users. -Reflog is a mechanism to record when the tip of branches are -updated. This command is to manage the information recorded in it. -The subcommand "expire" is used to prune older reflog entries. -Entries older than `expire` time, or entries older than -`expire-unreachable` time and not reachable from the current -tip, are removed from the reflog. This is typically not used -directly by the end users -- instead, see linkgit:git-gc[1]. - -The subcommand "show" (which is also the default, in the absence of any -subcommands) will take all the normal log options, and show the log of -the reference provided in the command-line (or `HEAD`, by default). -The reflog will cover all recent actions (HEAD reflog records branch switching -as well). It is an alias for `git log -g --abbrev-commit --pretty=oneline`; -see linkgit:git-log[1]. +OPTIONS +------- -The reflog is useful in various Git commands, to specify the old value -of a reference. For example, `HEAD@{2}` means "where HEAD used to be -two moves ago", `master@{one.week.ago}` means "where master used to -point to one week ago", and so on. See linkgit:gitrevisions[7] for -more details. +Options for `show` +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -To delete single entries from the reflog, use the subcommand "delete" -and specify the _exact_ entry (e.g. "`git reflog delete master@{2}`"). +`git reflog show` accepts any of the options accepted by `git log`. -OPTIONS -------- +Options for `expire` +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ---stale-fix:: - This revamps the logic -- the definition of "broken commit" - becomes: a commit that is not reachable from any of the refs and - there is a missing object among the commit, tree, or blob - objects reachable from it that is not reachable from any of the - refs. -+ -This computation involves traversing all the reachable objects, i.e. it -has the same cost as 'git prune'. Fortunately, once this is run, we -should not have to ever worry about missing objects, because the current -prune and pack-objects know about reflogs and protect objects referred by -them. +--all:: + Process the reflogs of all references. --expire=<time>:: - Entries older than this time are pruned. Without the - option it is taken from configuration `gc.reflogExpire`, - which in turn defaults to 90 days. --expire=all prunes - entries regardless of their age; --expire=never turns off - pruning of reachable entries (but see --expire-unreachable). + Prune entries older than the specified time. If this option is + not specified, the expiration time is taken from the + configuration setting `gc.reflogExpire`, which in turn + defaults to 90 days. `--expire=all` prunes entries regardless + of their age; `--expire=never` turns off pruning of reachable + entries (but see `--expire-unreachable`). --expire-unreachable=<time>:: - Entries older than this time and not reachable from - the current tip of the branch are pruned. Without the - option it is taken from configuration - `gc.reflogExpireUnreachable`, which in turn defaults to - 30 days. --expire-unreachable=all prunes unreachable - entries regardless of their age; --expire-unreachable=never + Prune entries older than `<time>` that are not reachable from + the current tip of the branch. If this option is not + specified, the expiration time is taken from the configuration + setting `gc.reflogExpireUnreachable`, which in turn defaults + to 30 days. `--expire-unreachable=all` prunes unreachable + entries regardless of their age; `--expire-unreachable=never` turns off early pruning of unreachable entries (but see - --expire). - ---all:: - Instead of listing <refs> explicitly, prune all refs. + `--expire`). --updateref:: - Update the ref with the sha1 of the top reflog entry (i.e. - <ref>@\{0\}) after expiring or deleting. + Update the reference to the value of the top reflog entry (i.e. + <ref>@\{0\}) if the previous top entry was pruned. (This + option is ignored for symbolic references.) --rewrite:: - While expiring or deleting, adjust each reflog entry to ensure - that the `old` sha1 field points to the `new` sha1 field of the - previous entry. + If a reflog entry's predecessor is pruned, adjust its "old" + SHA-1 to be equal to the "new" SHA-1 field of the entry that + now precedes it. + +--stale-fix:: + Prune any reflog entries that point to "broken commits". A + broken commit is a commit that is not reachable from any of + the reference tips and that refers, directly or indirectly, to + a missing commit, tree, or blob object. ++ +This computation involves traversing all the reachable objects, i.e. it +has the same cost as 'git prune'. It is primarily intended to fix +corruption caused by garbage collecting using older versions of Git, +which didn't protect objects referred to by reflogs. + +-n:: +--dry-run:: + Do not actually prune any entries; just show what would have + been pruned. --verbose:: Print extra information on screen. + +Options for `delete` +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +`git reflog delete` accepts options `--updateref`, `--rewrite`, `-n`, +`--dry-run`, and `--verbose`, with the same meanings as when they are +used with `expire`. + + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote-ext.txt b/Documentation/git-remote-ext.txt index cd0bb77e4a..b25d0b5996 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote-ext.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote-ext.txt @@ -116,6 +116,10 @@ begins with `ext::`. Examples: determined by the helper using environment variables (see above). +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitremote-helpers[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt b/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt index bcd37668e3..e700bafa47 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote-fd.txt @@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ EXAMPLES `git push fd::7,8/bar master`:: Same as above. +SEE ALSO +-------- +linkgit:gitremote-helpers[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-remote.txt b/Documentation/git-remote.txt index cb103c8b6f..4c6d6de7b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-remote.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-remote.txt @@ -58,6 +58,9 @@ remote repository. With `--no-tags` option, `git fetch <name>` does not import tags from the remote repository. + +By default, only tags on fetched branches are imported +(see linkgit:git-fetch[1]). ++ With `-t <branch>` option, instead of the default glob refspec for the remote to track all branches under the `refs/remotes/<name>/` namespace, a refspec to track only `<branch>` @@ -130,17 +133,25 @@ branches, adds to that list. 'set-url':: -Changes URL remote points to. Sets first URL remote points to matching +Changes URLs for the remote. Sets first URL for remote <name> that matches regex <oldurl> (first URL if no <oldurl> is given) to <newurl>. If -<oldurl> doesn't match any URL, error occurs and nothing is changed. +<oldurl> doesn't match any URL, an error occurs and nothing is changed. + With '--push', push URLs are manipulated instead of fetch URLs. + -With '--add', instead of changing some URL, new URL is added. +With '--add', instead of changing existing URLs, new URL is added. ++ +With '--delete', instead of changing existing URLs, all URLs matching +regex <url> are deleted for remote <name>. Trying to delete all +non-push URLs is an error. + -With '--delete', instead of changing some URL, all URLs matching -regex <url> are deleted. Trying to delete all non-push URLs is an -error. +Note that the push URL and the fetch URL, even though they can +be set differently, must still refer to the same place. What you +pushed to the push URL should be what you would see if you +immediately fetched from the fetch URL. If you are trying to +fetch from one place (e.g. your upstream) and push to another (e.g. +your publishing repository), use two separate remotes. + 'show':: diff --git a/Documentation/git-repack.txt b/Documentation/git-repack.txt index 4786a780b5..0e0bd363d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-repack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-repack.txt @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ other objects in that pack they already have locally. Write a reachability bitmap index as part of the repack. This only makes sense when used with `-a` or `-A`, as the bitmaps must be able to refer to all reachable objects. This option - overrides the setting of `pack.writebitmaps`. + overrides the setting of `pack.writeBitmaps`. --pack-kept-objects:: Include objects in `.keep` files when repacking. Note that we @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ other objects in that pack they already have locally. This means that we may duplicate objects, but this makes the option safe to use when there are concurrent pushes or fetches. This option is generally only useful if you are writing bitmaps - with `-b` or `pack.writebitmaps`, as it ensures that the + with `-b` or `pack.writeBitmaps`, as it ensures that the bitmapped packfile has the necessary objects. Configuration diff --git a/Documentation/git-replace.txt b/Documentation/git-replace.txt index 0a02f70657..8fff598fd6 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-replace.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-replace.txt @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git replace' [-f] <object> <replacement> +'git replace' [-f] --edit <object> +'git replace' [-f] --graft <commit> [<parent>...] 'git replace' -d <object>... 'git replace' [--format=<format>] [-l [<pattern>]] @@ -63,6 +65,32 @@ OPTIONS --delete:: Delete existing replace refs for the given objects. +--edit <object>:: + Edit an object's content interactively. The existing content + for <object> is pretty-printed into a temporary file, an + editor is launched on the file, and the result is parsed to + create a new object of the same type as <object>. A + replacement ref is then created to replace <object> with the + newly created object. See linkgit:git-var[1] for details about + how the editor will be chosen. + +--raw:: + When editing, provide the raw object contents rather than + pretty-printed ones. Currently this only affects trees, which + will be shown in their binary form. This is harder to work with, + but can help when repairing a tree that is so corrupted it + cannot be pretty-printed. Note that you may need to configure + your editor to cleanly read and write binary data. + +--graft <commit> [<parent>...]:: + Create a graft commit. A new commit is created with the same + content as <commit> except that its parents will be + [<parent>...] instead of <commit>'s parents. A replacement ref + is then created to replace <commit> with the newly created + commit. See contrib/convert-grafts-to-replace-refs.sh for an + example script based on this option that can convert grafts to + replace refs. + -l <pattern>:: --list <pattern>:: List replace refs for objects that match the given pattern (or @@ -92,7 +120,9 @@ CREATING REPLACEMENT OBJECTS linkgit:git-filter-branch[1], linkgit:git-hash-object[1] and linkgit:git-rebase[1], among other git commands, can be used to create -replacement objects from existing objects. +replacement objects from existing objects. The `--edit` option can +also be used with 'git replace' to create a replacement object by +editing an existing object. If you want to replace many blobs, trees or commits that are part of a string of commits, you may just want to create a replacement string of @@ -117,6 +147,8 @@ linkgit:git-filter-branch[1] linkgit:git-rebase[1] linkgit:git-tag[1] linkgit:git-branch[1] +linkgit:git-commit[1] +linkgit:git-var[1] linkgit:git[1] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt index a62227f84e..9ee083c415 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rerere.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rerere.txt @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Prune records of conflicted merges that occurred a long time ago. By default, unresolved conflicts older than 15 days and resolved conflicts older than 60 days are pruned. These defaults are controlled via the -`gc.rerereunresolved` and `gc.rerereresolved` configuration +`gc.rerereUnresolved` and `gc.rerereResolved` configuration variables respectively. diff --git a/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt b/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt index 7a1585def0..5b119220bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rev-list.txt @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ SYNOPSIS [ \--regexp-ignore-case | -i ] [ \--extended-regexp | -E ] [ \--fixed-strings | -F ] - [ \--date=(local|relative|default|iso|rfc|short) ] - [ [\--objects | \--objects-edge] [ \--unpacked ] ] + [ \--date=(local|relative|default|iso|iso-strict|rfc|short) ] + [ [ \--objects | \--objects-edge | \--objects-edge-aggressive ] + [ \--unpacked ] ] [ \--pretty | \--header ] [ \--bisect ] [ \--bisect-vars ] diff --git a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt index 54143a0693..d6de42f74e 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-rev-parse.txt @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ can be used. Only meaningful in `--verify` mode. Do not output an error message if the first argument is not a valid object name; instead exit with non-zero status silently. + SHA-1s for valid object names are printed to stdout on success. --sq:: Usually the output is made one line per flag and @@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ shown. If the pattern does not contain a globbing character (`?`, consider. Repetitions of this option accumulate exclusion patterns up to the next `--all`, `--branches`, `--tags`, `--remotes`, or `--glob` option (other options or arguments do not clear - accumlated patterns). + accumulated patterns). + The patterns given should not begin with `refs/heads`, `refs/tags`, or `refs/remotes` when applied to `--branches`, `--tags`, or `--remotes`, @@ -245,6 +246,10 @@ print a message to stderr and exit with nonzero status. --show-toplevel:: Show the absolute path of the top-level directory. +--shared-index-path:: + Show the path to the shared index file in split index mode, or + empty if not in split-index mode. + Other Options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt index f0e57a597b..804554609d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-send-email.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-send-email.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ files in the directory), or directly as a revision list. In the last case, any format accepted by linkgit:git-format-patch[1] can be passed to git send-email. -The header of the email is configurable by command line options. If not +The header of the email is configurable via command-line options. If not specified on the command line, the user will be prompted with a ReadLine enabled interface to provide the necessary information. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Composing --annotate:: Review and edit each patch you're about to send. Default is the value of 'sendemail.annotate'. See the CONFIGURATION section for - 'sendemail.multiedit'. + 'sendemail.multiEdit'. --bcc=<address>:: Specify a "Bcc:" value for each email. Default is the value of @@ -68,17 +68,17 @@ The --cc option must be repeated for each user you want on the cc list. When '--compose' is used, git send-email will use the From, Subject, and In-Reply-To headers specified in the message. If the body of the message (what you type after the headers and a blank line) only contains blank -(or Git: prefixed) lines the summary won't be sent, but From, Subject, +(or Git: prefixed) lines, the summary won't be sent, but From, Subject, and In-Reply-To headers will be used unless they are removed. + Missing From or In-Reply-To headers will be prompted for. + -See the CONFIGURATION section for 'sendemail.multiedit'. +See the CONFIGURATION section for 'sendemail.multiEdit'. --from=<address>:: Specify the sender of the emails. If not specified on the command line, the value of the 'sendemail.from' configuration option is used. If - neither the command line option nor 'sendemail.from' are set, then the + neither the command-line option nor 'sendemail.from' are set, then the user will be prompted for the value. The default for the prompt will be the value of GIT_AUTHOR_IDENT, or GIT_COMMITTER_IDENT if that is not set, as returned by "git var -l". @@ -131,6 +131,21 @@ Note that no attempts whatsoever are made to validate the encoding. Specify encoding of compose message. Default is the value of the 'sendemail.composeencoding'; if that is unspecified, UTF-8 is assumed. +--transfer-encoding=(7bit|8bit|quoted-printable|base64):: + Specify the transfer encoding to be used to send the message over SMTP. + 7bit will fail upon encountering a non-ASCII message. quoted-printable + can be useful when the repository contains files that contain carriage + returns, but makes the raw patch email file (as saved from a MUA) much + harder to inspect manually. base64 is even more fool proof, but also + even more opaque. Default is the value of the 'sendemail.transferEncoding' + configuration value; if that is unspecified, git will use 8bit and not + add a Content-Transfer-Encoding header. + +--xmailer:: +--no-xmailer:: + Add (or prevent adding) the "X-Mailer:" header. By default, + the header is added, but it can be turned off by setting the + `sendemail.xmailer` configuration variable to `false`. Sending ~~~~~~~ @@ -141,31 +156,31 @@ Sending subscribed to a list. In order to use the 'From' address, set the value to "auto". If you use the sendmail binary, you must have suitable privileges for the -f parameter. Default is the value of the - 'sendemail.envelopesender' configuration variable; if that is + 'sendemail.envelopeSender' configuration variable; if that is unspecified, choosing the envelope sender is left to your MTA. --smtp-encryption=<encryption>:: Specify the encryption to use, either 'ssl' or 'tls'. Any other value reverts to plain SMTP. Default is the value of - 'sendemail.smtpencryption'. + 'sendemail.smtpEncryption'. --smtp-domain=<FQDN>:: Specifies the Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) used in the HELO/EHLO command to the SMTP server. Some servers require the FQDN to match your IP address. If not set, git send-email attempts to determine your FQDN automatically. Default is the value of - 'sendemail.smtpdomain'. + 'sendemail.smtpDomain'. --smtp-pass[=<password>]:: Password for SMTP-AUTH. The argument is optional: If no argument is specified, then the empty string is used as - the password. Default is the value of 'sendemail.smtppass', + the password. Default is the value of 'sendemail.smtpPass', however '--smtp-pass' always overrides this value. + Furthermore, passwords need not be specified in configuration files or on the command line. If a username has been specified (with -'--smtp-user' or a 'sendemail.smtpuser'), but no password has been -specified (with '--smtp-pass' or 'sendemail.smtppass'), then +'--smtp-user' or a 'sendemail.smtpUser'), but no password has been +specified (with '--smtp-pass' or 'sendemail.smtpPass'), then a password is obtained using 'git-credential'. --smtp-server=<host>:: @@ -173,7 +188,7 @@ a password is obtained using 'git-credential'. `smtp.example.com` or a raw IP address). Alternatively it can specify a full pathname of a sendmail-like program instead; the program must support the `-i` option. Default value can - be specified by the 'sendemail.smtpserver' configuration + be specified by the 'sendemail.smtpServer' configuration option; the built-in default is `/usr/sbin/sendmail` or `/usr/lib/sendmail` if such program is available, or `localhost` otherwise. @@ -184,11 +199,11 @@ a password is obtained using 'git-credential'. submission port 587, or the common SSL smtp port 465); symbolic port names (e.g. "submission" instead of 587) are also accepted. The port can also be set with the - 'sendemail.smtpserverport' configuration variable. + 'sendemail.smtpServerPort' configuration variable. --smtp-server-option=<option>:: If set, specifies the outgoing SMTP server option to use. - Default value can be specified by the 'sendemail.smtpserveroption' + Default value can be specified by the 'sendemail.smtpServerOption' configuration option. + The --smtp-server-option option must be repeated for each option you want @@ -199,14 +214,19 @@ must be used for each option. Legacy alias for '--smtp-encryption ssl'. --smtp-ssl-cert-path:: - Path to ca-certificates (either a directory or a single file). - Set it to an empty string to disable certificate verification. - Defaults to the value set to the 'sendemail.smtpsslcertpath' - configuration variable, if set, or `/etc/ssl/certs` otherwise. + Path to a store of trusted CA certificates for SMTP SSL/TLS + certificate validation (either a directory that has been processed + by 'c_rehash', or a single file containing one or more PEM format + certificates concatenated together: see verify(1) -CAfile and + -CApath for more information on these). Set it to an empty string + to disable certificate verification. Defaults to the value of the + 'sendemail.smtpsslcertpath' configuration variable, if set, or the + backing SSL library's compiled-in default otherwise (which should + be the best choice on most platforms). --smtp-user=<user>:: - Username for SMTP-AUTH. Default is the value of 'sendemail.smtpuser'; - if a username is not specified (with '--smtp-user' or 'sendemail.smtpuser'), + Username for SMTP-AUTH. Default is the value of 'sendemail.smtpUser'; + if a username is not specified (with '--smtp-user' or 'sendemail.smtpUser'), then authentication is not attempted. --smtp-debug=0|1:: @@ -227,14 +247,14 @@ Automating Specify a command to execute once per patch file which should generate patch file specific "Cc:" entries. Output of this command must be single email address per line. - Default is the value of 'sendemail.cccmd' configuration value. + Default is the value of 'sendemail.ccCmd' configuration value. --[no-]chain-reply-to:: If this is set, each email will be sent as a reply to the previous email sent. If disabled with "--no-chain-reply-to", all emails after the first will be sent as replies to the first email sent. When using this, it is recommended that the first file given be an overview of the - entire patch series. Disabled by default, but the 'sendemail.chainreplyto' + entire patch series. Disabled by default, but the 'sendemail.chainReplyTo' configuration variable can be used to enable it. --identity=<identity>:: @@ -248,6 +268,18 @@ Automating cc list. Default is the value of 'sendemail.signedoffbycc' configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --signed-off-by-cc. +--[no-]cc-cover:: + If this is set, emails found in Cc: headers in the first patch of + the series (typically the cover letter) are added to the cc list + for each email set. Default is the value of 'sendemail.cccover' + configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-cc-cover. + +--[no-]to-cover:: + If this is set, emails found in To: headers in the first patch of + the series (typically the cover letter) are added to the to list + for each email set. Default is the value of 'sendemail.tocover' + configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-to-cover. + --suppress-cc=<category>:: Specify an additional category of recipients to suppress the auto-cc of: @@ -272,7 +304,7 @@ specified, as well as 'body' if --no-signed-off-cc is specified. --[no-]suppress-from:: If this is set, do not add the From: address to the cc: list. - Default is the value of 'sendemail.suppressfrom' configuration + Default is the value of 'sendemail.suppressFrom' configuration value; if that is unspecified, default to --no-suppress-from. --[no-]thread:: @@ -345,15 +377,15 @@ default to '--validate'. CONFIGURATION ------------- -sendemail.aliasesfile:: +sendemail.aliasesFile:: To avoid typing long email addresses, point this to one or more - email aliases files. You must also supply 'sendemail.aliasfiletype'. + email aliases files. You must also supply 'sendemail.aliasFileType'. -sendemail.aliasfiletype:: - Format of the file(s) specified in sendemail.aliasesfile. Must be +sendemail.aliasFileType:: + Format of the file(s) specified in sendemail.aliasesFile. Must be one of 'mutt', 'mailrc', 'pine', 'elm', or 'gnus'. -sendemail.multiedit:: +sendemail.multiEdit:: If true (default), a single editor instance will be spawned to edit files you have to edit (patches when '--annotate' is used, and the summary when '--compose' is used). If false, files will be edited one @@ -372,10 +404,10 @@ To use 'git send-email' to send your patches through the GMail SMTP server, edit ~/.gitconfig to specify your account settings: [sendemail] - smtpencryption = tls - smtpserver = smtp.gmail.com - smtpuser = yourname@gmail.com - smtpserverport = 587 + smtpEncryption = tls + smtpServer = smtp.gmail.com + smtpUser = yourname@gmail.com + smtpServerPort = 587 Once your commits are ready to be sent to the mailing list, run the following commands: diff --git a/Documentation/git-send-pack.txt b/Documentation/git-send-pack.txt index dc3a568baa..45c7725dc3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-send-pack.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-send-pack.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ git-send-pack - Push objects over Git protocol to another repository SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] -'git send-pack' [--all] [--dry-run] [--force] [--receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>] [--verbose] [--thin] [<host>:]<directory> [<ref>...] +'git send-pack' [--all] [--dry-run] [--force] [--receive-pack=<git-receive-pack>] [--verbose] [--thin] [--atomic] [<host>:]<directory> [<ref>...] DESCRIPTION ----------- @@ -35,6 +35,16 @@ OPTIONS Instead of explicitly specifying which refs to update, update all heads that locally exist. +--stdin:: + Take the list of refs from stdin, one per line. If there + are refs specified on the command line in addition to this + option, then the refs from stdin are processed after those + on the command line. ++ +If '--stateless-rpc' is specified together with this option then +the list of refs must be in packet format (pkt-line). Each ref must +be in a separate packet, and the list must end with a flush packet. + --dry-run:: Do everything except actually send the updates. @@ -52,6 +62,11 @@ OPTIONS Send a "thin" pack, which records objects in deltified form based on objects not included in the pack to reduce network traffic. +--atomic:: + Use an atomic transaction for updating the refs. If any of the refs + fails to update then the entire push will fail without changing any + refs. + <host>:: A remote host to house the repository. When this part is specified, 'git-receive-pack' is invoked via @@ -77,7 +92,8 @@ this flag. Without '--all' and without any '<ref>', the heads that exist both on the local side and on the remote side are updated. -When one or more '<ref>' are specified explicitly, it can be either a +When one or more '<ref>' are specified explicitly (whether on the +command line or via `--stdin`), it can be either a single pattern, or a pair of such pattern separated by a colon ":" (this means that a ref name cannot have a colon in it). A single pattern '<name>' is just a shorthand for '<name>:<name>'. diff --git a/Documentation/git-stage.txt b/Documentation/git-stage.txt index ba3fe0d7f5..25bcda936d 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-stage.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-stage.txt @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ git-stage(1) -============== +============ NAME ---- diff --git a/Documentation/git-status.txt b/Documentation/git-status.txt index def635f578..b3319f7c2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-status.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-status.txt @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ configuration variable documented in linkgit:git-config[1]. only changes to the commits stored in the superproject are shown (this was the behavior before 1.7.0). Using "all" hides all changes to submodules (and suppresses the output of submodule summaries when the config option - `status.submodulesummary` is set). + `status.submoduleSummary` is set). --ignored:: Show ignored files as well. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ In the short-format, the status of each path is shown as where `PATH1` is the path in the `HEAD`, and the " `-> PATH2`" part is shown only when `PATH1` corresponds to a different path in the -index/worktree (i.e. the file is renamed). The 'XY' is a two-letter +index/worktree (i.e. the file is renamed). The `XY` is a two-letter status code. The fields (including the `->`) are separated from each other by a @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ characters, that field will be quoted in the manner of a C string literal: surrounded by ASCII double quote (34) characters, and with interior special characters backslash-escaped. -For paths with merge conflicts, `X` and 'Y' show the modification +For paths with merge conflicts, `X` and `Y` show the modification states of each side of the merge. For paths that do not have merge conflicts, `X` shows the status of the index, and `Y` shows the status of the work tree. For untracked paths, `XY` are `??`. Other status @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ If the config variable `status.relativePaths` is set to false, then all paths shown are relative to the repository root, not to the current directory. -If `status.submodulesummary` is set to a non zero number or true (identical +If `status.submoduleSummary` is set to a non zero number or true (identical to -1 or an unlimited number), the submodule summary will be enabled for the long format and a summary of commits for modified submodules will be shown (see --summary-limit option of linkgit:git-submodule[1]). Please note diff --git a/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt b/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt index c87bfcb674..6c6e989074 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-stripspace.txt @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ SYNOPSIS -------- [verse] 'git stripspace' [-s | --strip-comments] < input +'git stripspace' [-c | --comment-lines] < input DESCRIPTION ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt index 8e6af65da0..2c25916f8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-submodule.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-submodule.txt @@ -154,27 +154,51 @@ If `--force` is specified, the submodule's work tree will be removed even if it contains local modifications. update:: - Update the registered submodules, i.e. clone missing submodules and - checkout the commit specified in the index of the containing repository. - This will make the submodules HEAD be detached unless `--rebase` or - `--merge` is specified or the key `submodule.$name.update` is set to - `rebase`, `merge` or `none`. `none` can be overridden by specifying - `--checkout`. Setting the key `submodule.$name.update` to `!command` - will cause `command` to be run. `command` can be any arbitrary shell - command that takes a single argument, namely the sha1 to update to. + +-- +Update the registered submodules to match what the superproject +expects by cloning missing submodules and updating the working tree of +the submodules. The "updating" can be done in several ways depending +on command line options and the value of `submodule.<name>.update` +configuration variable. Supported update procedures are: + + checkout;; the commit recorded in the superproject will be + checked out in the submodule on a detached HEAD. This is + done when `--checkout` option is given, or no option is + given, and `submodule.<name>.update` is unset, or if it is + set to 'checkout'. ++ +If `--force` is specified, the submodule will be checked out (using +`git checkout --force` if appropriate), even if the commit specified +in the index of the containing repository already matches the commit +checked out in the submodule. + + rebase;; the current branch of the submodule will be rebased + onto the commit recorded in the superproject. This is done + when `--rebase` option is given, or no option is given, and + `submodule.<name>.update` is set to 'rebase'. + + merge;; the commit recorded in the superproject will be merged + into the current branch in the submodule. This is done + when `--merge` option is given, or no option is given, and + `submodule.<name>.update` is set to 'merge'. + + custom command;; arbitrary shell command that takes a single + argument (the sha1 of the commit recorded in the + superproject) is executed. This is done when no option is + given, and `submodule.<name>.update` has the form of + '!command'. + +When no option is given and `submodule.<name>.update` is set to 'none', +the submodule is not updated. + If the submodule is not yet initialized, and you just want to use the setting as stored in .gitmodules, you can automatically initialize the submodule with the `--init` option. -+ + If `--recursive` is specified, this command will recurse into the registered submodules, and update any nested submodules within. -+ -If `--force` is specified, the submodule will be checked out (using -`git checkout --force` if appropriate), even if the commit specified in the -index of the containing repository already matches the commit checked out in -the submodule. - +-- summary:: Show commit summary between the given commit (defaults to HEAD) and working tree/index. For a submodule in question, a series of commits @@ -238,10 +262,12 @@ OPTIONS When running add, allow adding an otherwise ignored submodule path. When running deinit the submodule work trees will be removed even if they contain local changes. - When running update, throw away local changes in submodules when - switching to a different commit; and always run a checkout operation - in the submodule, even if the commit listed in the index of the - containing repository matches the commit checked out in the submodule. + When running update (only effective with the checkout procedure), + throw away local changes in submodules when switching to a + different commit; and always run a checkout operation in the + submodule, even if the commit listed in the index of the + containing repository matches the commit checked out in the + submodule. --cached:: This option is only valid for status and summary commands. These @@ -302,7 +328,7 @@ the submodule itself. Checkout the commit recorded in the superproject on a detached HEAD in the submodule. This is the default behavior, the main use of this option is to override `submodule.$name.update` when set to - `merge`, `rebase` or `none`. + a value other than `checkout`. If the key `submodule.$name.update` is either not explicitly set or set to `checkout`, this option is implicit. diff --git a/Documentation/git-svn.txt b/Documentation/git-svn.txt index fce585388c..39e9a181cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-svn.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-svn.txt @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ COMMANDS --username=<user>;; For transports that SVN handles authentication for (http, https, and plain svn), specify the username. For other - transports (eg svn+ssh://), you must include the username in - the URL, eg svn+ssh://foo@svn.bar.com/project + transports (e.g. svn+ssh://), you must include the username in + the URL, e.g. svn+ssh://foo@svn.bar.com/project --prefix=<prefix>;; This allows one to specify a prefix which is prepended to the names of remotes if trunk/branches/tags are @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ the same local time zone. [verse] config key: svn-remote.<name>.ignore-paths + -If the ignore-paths config key is set and the command line option is -also given, both regular expressions will be used. +If the ignore-paths configuration key is set, and the command-line +option is also given, both regular expressions will be used. + Examples: + @@ -252,6 +252,10 @@ Use of 'dcommit' is preferred to 'set-tree' (below). config key: svn-remote.<name>.commiturl config key: svn.commiturl (overwrites all svn-remote.<name>.commiturl options) + +Note that the SVN URL of the commiturl config key includes the SVN branch. +If you rather want to set the commit URL for an entire SVN repository use +svn-remote.<name>.pushurl instead. ++ Using this option for any other purpose (don't ask) is very strongly discouraged. @@ -386,11 +390,13 @@ Any other arguments are passed directly to 'git log' tree-ish to specify which branch should be searched). When given a tree-ish, returns the corresponding SVN revision number. + +-B;; --before;; Don't require an exact match if given an SVN revision, instead find the commit corresponding to the state of the SVN repository (on the current branch) at the specified revision. + +-A;; --after;; Don't require an exact match if given an SVN revision; if there is not an exact match return the closest match searching forward in the @@ -608,21 +614,6 @@ config key: svn.authorsfile Make 'git svn' less verbose. Specify a second time to make it even less verbose. ---repack[=<n>]:: ---repack-flags=<flags>:: - These should help keep disk usage sane for large fetches with - many revisions. -+ ---repack takes an optional argument for the number of revisions -to fetch before repacking. This defaults to repacking every -1000 commits fetched if no argument is specified. -+ ---repack-flags are passed directly to 'git repack'. -+ -[verse] -config key: svn.repack -config key: svn.repackflags - -m:: --merge:: -s<strategy>:: diff --git a/Documentation/git-tag.txt b/Documentation/git-tag.txt index 303de8eee5..bfba4ef078 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-tag.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-tag.txt @@ -99,7 +99,9 @@ OPTIONS Sort in a specific order. Supported type is "refname" (lexicographic order), "version:refname" or "v:refname" (tag names are treated as versions). Prepend "-" to reverse sort - order. + order. When this option is not given, the sort order defaults to the + value configured for the 'tag.sort' variable if it exists, or + lexicographic order otherwise. See linkgit:git-config[1]. --column[=<options>]:: --no-column:: @@ -159,7 +161,7 @@ it in the repository configuration as follows: ------------------------------------- [user] - signingkey = <gpg-key-id> + signingKey = <gpg-key-id> ------------------------------------- @@ -317,6 +319,7 @@ include::date-formats.txt[] SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-check-ref-format[1]. +linkgit:git-config[1]. GIT --- diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt index d6de4a008c..aff01798cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-index.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-index.txt @@ -82,20 +82,18 @@ OPTIONS Set the execute permissions on the updated files. --[no-]assume-unchanged:: - When these flags are specified, the object names recorded - for the paths are not updated. Instead, these options - set and unset the "assume unchanged" bit for the - paths. When the "assume unchanged" bit is on, Git stops - checking the working tree files for possible - modifications, so you need to manually unset the bit to - tell Git when you change the working tree file. This is + When this flag is specified, the object names recorded + for the paths are not updated. Instead, this option + sets/unsets the "assume unchanged" bit for the + paths. When the "assume unchanged" bit is on, the user + promises not to change the file and allows Git to assume + that the working tree file matches what is recorded in + the index. If you want to change the working tree file, + you need to unset the bit to tell Git. This is sometimes helpful when working with a big project on a filesystem that has very slow lstat(2) system call (e.g. cifs). + -This option can be also used as a coarse file-level mechanism -to ignore uncommitted changes in tracked files (akin to what -`.gitignore` does for untracked files). Git will fail (gracefully) in case it needs to modify this file in the index e.g. when merging in a commit; thus, in case the assumed-untracked file is changed upstream, @@ -161,6 +159,17 @@ may not support it yet. Only meaningful with `--stdin` or `--index-info`; paths are separated with NUL character instead of LF. +--split-index:: +--no-split-index:: + Enable or disable split index mode. If enabled, the index is + split into two files, $GIT_DIR/index and $GIT_DIR/sharedindex.<SHA-1>. + Changes are accumulated in $GIT_DIR/index while the shared + index file contains all index entries stays unchanged. If + split-index mode is already enabled and `--split-index` is + given again, all changes in $GIT_DIR/index are pushed back to + the shared index file. This mode is designed for very large + indexes that take a significant amount of time to read or write. + \--:: Do not interpret any more arguments as options. @@ -191,7 +200,7 @@ merging. To pretend you have a file with mode and sha1 at path, say: ---------------- -$ git update-index --cacheinfo mode sha1 path +$ git update-index --cacheinfo <mode>,<sha1>,<path> ---------------- '--info-only' is used to register files without placing them in the object diff --git a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt index 0a0a5512b3..c8f5ae5cb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-update-ref.txt @@ -68,7 +68,12 @@ performs all modifications together. Specify commands of the form: option SP <opt> LF Quote fields containing whitespace as if they were strings in C source -code. Alternatively, use `-z` to specify commands without quoting: +code; i.e., surrounded by double-quotes and with backslash escapes. +Use 40 "0" characters or the empty string to specify a zero value. To +specify a missing value, omit the value and its preceding SP entirely. + +Alternatively, use `-z` to specify in NUL-terminated format, without +quoting: update SP <ref> NUL <newvalue> NUL [<oldvalue>] NUL create SP <ref> NUL <newvalue> NUL @@ -76,8 +81,12 @@ code. Alternatively, use `-z` to specify commands without quoting: verify SP <ref> NUL [<oldvalue>] NUL option SP <opt> NUL -Lines of any other format or a repeated <ref> produce an error. -Command meanings are: +In this format, use 40 "0" to specify a zero value, and use the empty +string to specify a missing value. + +In either format, values can be specified in any form that Git +recognizes as an object name. Commands in any other format or a +repeated <ref> produce an error. Command meanings are: update:: Set <ref> to <newvalue> after verifying <oldvalue>, if given. @@ -102,9 +111,6 @@ option:: The only valid option is `no-deref` to avoid dereferencing a symbolic ref. -Use 40 "0" or the empty string to specify a zero value, except that -with `-z` an empty <oldvalue> is considered missing. - If all <ref>s can be locked with matching <oldvalue>s simultaneously, all modifications are performed. Otherwise, no modifications are performed. Note that while each individual diff --git a/Documentation/git-verify-commit.txt b/Documentation/git-verify-commit.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9413e2802a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/git-verify-commit.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +git-verify-commit(1) +==================== + +NAME +---- +git-verify-commit - Check the GPG signature of commits + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +[verse] +'git verify-commit' <commit>... + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +Validates the gpg signature created by 'git commit -S'. + +OPTIONS +------- +-v:: +--verbose:: + Print the contents of the commit object before validating it. + +<commit>...:: + SHA-1 identifiers of Git commit objects. + +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/git-web--browse.txt b/Documentation/git-web--browse.txt index 2de575f5be..16ede5b4c3 100644 --- a/Documentation/git-web--browse.txt +++ b/Documentation/git-web--browse.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ CONF.VAR (from -c option) and web.browser ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The web browser can be specified using a configuration variable passed -with the -c (or --config) command line option, or the 'web.browser' +with the -c (or --config) command-line option, or the 'web.browser' configuration variable if the former is not used. browser.<tool>.path @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ the URLs passed as arguments. Note about konqueror -------------------- -When 'konqueror' is specified by a command line option or a +When 'konqueror' is specified by a command-line option or a configuration variable, we launch 'kfmclient' to try to open the HTML man page on an already opened konqueror in a new tab if possible. diff --git a/Documentation/git.txt b/Documentation/git.txt index 674ecf9a3b..c0022920c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/git.txt +++ b/Documentation/git.txt @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ unusually rich command set that provides both high-level operations and full access to internals. See linkgit:gittutorial[7] to get started, then see -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git] for a useful minimum set of +linkgit:giteveryday[7] for a useful minimum set of commands. The link:user-manual.html[Git User's Manual] has a more in-depth introduction. After you mastered the basic concepts, you can come back to this page to learn what commands Git offers. You can learn more about individual Git commands with "git help command". linkgit:gitcli[7] -manual page gives you an overview of the command line command syntax. +manual page gives you an overview of the command-line command syntax. Formatted and hyperlinked version of the latest Git documentation can be viewed at `http://git-htmldocs.googlecode.com/git/git.html`. @@ -39,10 +39,34 @@ ifdef::stalenotes[] ============ You are reading the documentation for the latest (possibly -unreleased) version of Git, that is available from 'master' +unreleased) version of Git, that is available from the 'master' branch of the `git.git` repository. Documentation for older releases are available here: +* link:v2.3.3/git.html[documentation for release 2.3.3] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/2.3.3.txt[2.3.3], + link:RelNotes/2.3.2.txt[2.3.2], + link:RelNotes/2.3.1.txt[2.3.1], + link:RelNotes/2.3.0.txt[2.3]. + +* link:v2.2.2/git.html[documentation for release 2.2.2] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/2.2.2.txt[2.2.2], + link:RelNotes/2.2.1.txt[2.2.1], + link:RelNotes/2.2.0.txt[2.2]. + +* link:v2.1.4/git.html[documentation for release 2.1.4] + +* release notes for + link:RelNotes/2.1.4.txt[2.1.4], + link:RelNotes/2.1.3.txt[2.1.3], + link:RelNotes/2.1.2.txt[2.1.2], + link:RelNotes/2.1.1.txt[2.1.1], + link:RelNotes/2.1.0.txt[2.1]. + * link:v2.0.5/git.html[documentation for release 2.0.5] * release notes for @@ -450,6 +474,11 @@ example the following invocations are equivalent: given will override values from configuration files. The <name> is expected in the same format as listed by 'git config' (subkeys separated by dots). ++ +Note that omitting the `=` in `git -c foo.bar ...` is allowed and sets +`foo.bar` to the boolean true value (just like `[foo]bar` would in a +config file). Including the equals but with an empty value (like `git -c +foo.bar= ...`) sets `foo.bar` to the empty string. --exec-path[=<path>]:: Path to wherever your core Git programs are installed. @@ -762,7 +791,7 @@ Git so take care if using Cogito etc. 'GIT_WORK_TREE':: Set the path to the root of the working tree. - This can also be controlled by the '--work-tree' command line + This can also be controlled by the '--work-tree' command-line option and the core.worktree configuration variable. 'GIT_NAMESPACE':: @@ -866,19 +895,21 @@ other and the `core.editor` option in linkgit:git-config[1]. 'GIT_SSH':: - If this environment variable is set then 'git fetch' - and 'git push' will use this command instead - of 'ssh' when they need to connect to a remote system. - The '$GIT_SSH' command will be given exactly two or - four arguments: the 'username@host' (or just 'host') - from the URL and the shell command to execute on that - remote system, optionally preceded by '-p' (literally) and - the 'port' from the URL when it specifies something other - than the default SSH port. +'GIT_SSH_COMMAND':: + If either of these environment variables is set then 'git fetch' + and 'git push' will use the specified command instead of 'ssh' + when they need to connect to a remote system. + The command will be given exactly two or four arguments: the + 'username@host' (or just 'host') from the URL and the shell + command to execute on that remote system, optionally preceded by + '-p' (literally) and the 'port' from the URL when it specifies + something other than the default SSH port. + -To pass options to the program that you want to list in GIT_SSH -you will need to wrap the program and options into a shell script, -then set GIT_SSH to refer to the shell script. +`$GIT_SSH_COMMAND` takes precedence over `$GIT_SSH`, and is interpreted +by the shell, which allows additional arguments to be included. +`$GIT_SSH` on the other hand must be just the path to a program +(which can be a wrapper shell script, if additional arguments are +needed). + Usually it is easier to configure any desired options through your personal `.ssh/config` file. Please consult your ssh documentation @@ -887,10 +918,14 @@ for further details. 'GIT_ASKPASS':: If this environment variable is set, then Git commands which need to acquire passwords or passphrases (e.g. for HTTP or IMAP authentication) - will call this program with a suitable prompt as command line argument - and read the password from its STDOUT. See also the 'core.askpass' + will call this program with a suitable prompt as command-line argument + and read the password from its STDOUT. See also the 'core.askPass' option in linkgit:git-config[1]. +'GIT_TERMINAL_PROMPT':: + If this environment variable is set to `0`, git will not prompt + on the terminal (e.g., when asking for HTTP authentication). + 'GIT_CONFIG_NOSYSTEM':: Whether to skip reading settings from the system-wide `$(prefix)/etc/gitconfig` file. This environment variable can @@ -911,31 +946,54 @@ for further details. based on whether stdout appears to be redirected to a file or not. 'GIT_TRACE':: - If this variable is set to "1", "2" or "true" (comparison - is case insensitive), Git will print `trace:` messages on - stderr telling about alias expansion, built-in command - execution and external command execution. - If this variable is set to an integer value greater than 1 - and lower than 10 (strictly) then Git will interpret this - value as an open file descriptor and will try to write the - trace messages into this file descriptor. - Alternatively, if this variable is set to an absolute path - (starting with a '/' character), Git will interpret this - as a file path and will try to write the trace messages - into it. + Enables general trace messages, e.g. alias expansion, built-in + command execution and external command execution. ++ +If this variable is set to "1", "2" or "true" (comparison +is case insensitive), trace messages will be printed to +stderr. ++ +If the variable is set to an integer value greater than 2 +and lower than 10 (strictly) then Git will interpret this +value as an open file descriptor and will try to write the +trace messages into this file descriptor. ++ +Alternatively, if the variable is set to an absolute path +(starting with a '/' character), Git will interpret this +as a file path and will try to write the trace messages +into it. ++ +Unsetting the variable, or setting it to empty, "0" or +"false" (case insensitive) disables trace messages. 'GIT_TRACE_PACK_ACCESS':: - If this variable is set to a path, a file will be created at - the given path logging all accesses to any packs. For each + Enables trace messages for all accesses to any packs. For each access, the pack file name and an offset in the pack is recorded. This may be helpful for troubleshooting some pack-related performance problems. + See 'GIT_TRACE' for available trace output options. 'GIT_TRACE_PACKET':: - If this variable is set, it shows a trace of all packets - coming in or out of a given program. This can help with - debugging object negotiation or other protocol issues. Tracing - is turned off at a packet starting with "PACK". + Enables trace messages for all packets coming in or out of a + given program. This can help with debugging object negotiation + or other protocol issues. Tracing is turned off at a packet + starting with "PACK". + See 'GIT_TRACE' for available trace output options. + +'GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE':: + Enables performance related trace messages, e.g. total execution + time of each Git command. + See 'GIT_TRACE' for available trace output options. + +'GIT_TRACE_SETUP':: + Enables trace messages printing the .git, working tree and current + working directory after Git has completed its setup phase. + See 'GIT_TRACE' for available trace output options. + +'GIT_TRACE_SHALLOW':: + Enables trace messages that can help debugging fetching / + cloning of shallow repositories. + See 'GIT_TRACE' for available trace output options. GIT_LITERAL_PATHSPECS:: Setting this variable to `1` will cause Git to treat all @@ -1066,7 +1124,7 @@ subscribed to the list to send a message there. SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:gittutorial[7], linkgit:gittutorial-2[7], -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git], linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7], linkgit:gitglossary[7], linkgit:gitcore-tutorial[7], linkgit:gitcli[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual], linkgit:gitworkflows[7] diff --git a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt index 643c1ba929..70899b3023 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitattributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitattributes.txt @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Attributes which should be version-controlled and distributed to other repositories (i.e., attributes of interest to all users) should go into `.gitattributes` files. Attributes that should affect all repositories for a single user should be placed in a file specified by the -`core.attributesfile` configuration option (see linkgit:git-config[1]). +`core.attributesFile` configuration option (see linkgit:git-config[1]). Its default value is $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/attributes. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/attributes is used instead. Attributes for all users on a system should be placed in the @@ -440,8 +440,8 @@ Unspecified:: A path to which the `diff` attribute is unspecified first gets its contents inspected, and if it looks like - text, it is treated as text. Otherwise it would - generate `Binary files differ`. + text and is smaller than core.bigFileThreshold, it is treated + as text. Otherwise it would generate `Binary files differ`. String:: @@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ data by examining the beginning of the contents. However, sometimes you may want to override its decision, either because a blob contains binary data later in the file, or because the content, while technically composed of text characters, is opaque to a human reader. For example, -many postscript files contain only ascii characters, but produce noisy +many postscript files contain only ASCII characters, but produce noisy and meaningless diffs. The simplest way to mark a file as binary is to unset the diff @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ patch, if binary patches are enabled) instead of a regular diff. However, one may also want to specify other diff driver attributes. For example, you might want to use `textconv` to convert postscript files to -an ascii representation for human viewing, but otherwise treat them as +an ASCII representation for human viewing, but otherwise treat them as binary files. You cannot specify both `-diff` and `diff=ps` attributes. The solution is to use the `diff.*.binary` config option: diff --git a/Documentation/gitcli.txt b/Documentation/gitcli.txt index 1c3e109cb3..dfe7d83727 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcli.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcli.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ gitcli(7) NAME ---- -gitcli - Git command line interface and conventions +gitcli - Git command-line interface and conventions SYNOPSIS -------- @@ -66,13 +66,13 @@ you will. Here are the rules regarding the "flags" that you should follow when you are scripting Git: - * it's preferred to use the non dashed form of Git commands, which means that + * it's preferred to use the non-dashed form of Git commands, which means that you should prefer `git foo` to `git-foo`. * splitting short options to separate words (prefer `git foo -a -b` to `git foo -ab`, the latter may not even work). - * when a command line option takes an argument, use the 'stuck' form. In + * when a command-line option takes an argument, use the 'stuck' form. In other words, write `git foo -oArg` instead of `git foo -o Arg` for short options, and `git foo --long-opt=Arg` instead of `git foo --long-opt Arg` for long options. An option that takes optional option-argument must be @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Here is a list of the facilities provided by this option parser. Magic Options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Commands which have the enhanced option parser activated all understand a -couple of magic command line options: +couple of magic command-line options: -h:: gives a pretty printed usage of the command. diff --git a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt index d2d7c213dd..8475c07932 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcore-tutorial.txt @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ linkgit:gittutorial[7], linkgit:gittutorial-2[7], linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7], linkgit:git-help[1], -link:everyday.html[Everyday git], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt index 47576be5db..1c75be0803 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcredentials.txt @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ strategies to ask the user for usernames and passwords: to the program on the command line, and the user's input is read from its standard output. -2. Otherwise, if the `core.askpass` configuration variable is set, its +2. Otherwise, if the `core.askPass` configuration variable is set, its value is used as above. 3. Otherwise, if the `SSH_ASKPASS` environment variable is set, its diff --git a/Documentation/gitcvs-migration.txt b/Documentation/gitcvs-migration.txt index 5f4e89005c..b06e852a85 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitcvs-migration.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitcvs-migration.txt @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ linkgit:gittutorial[7], linkgit:gittutorial-2[7], linkgit:gitcore-tutorial[7], linkgit:gitglossary[7], -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/everyday.txt b/Documentation/giteveryday.txt index b2548ef4e6..7be6e64846 100644 --- a/Documentation/everyday.txt +++ b/Documentation/giteveryday.txt @@ -1,22 +1,37 @@ +giteveryday(7) +=============== + +NAME +---- +giteveryday - A useful minimum set of commands for Everyday Git + +SYNOPSIS +-------- + Everyday Git With 20 Commands Or So -=================================== -<<Individual Developer (Standalone)>> commands are essential for -anybody who makes a commit, even for somebody who works alone. +DESCRIPTION +----------- -If you work with other people, you will need commands listed in -the <<Individual Developer (Participant)>> section as well. +Git users can broadly be grouped into four categories for the purposes of +describing here a small set of useful command for everyday Git. -People who play the <<Integrator>> role need to learn some more -commands in addition to the above. +* <<STANDALONE,Individual Developer (Standalone)>> commands are essential + for anybody who makes a commit, even for somebody who works alone. -<<Repository Administration>> commands are for system -administrators who are responsible for the care and feeding -of Git repositories. +* If you work with other people, you will need commands listed in + the <<PARTICIPANT,Individual Developer (Participant)>> section as well. +* People who play the <<INTEGRATOR,Integrator>> role need to learn some + more commands in addition to the above. -Individual Developer (Standalone)[[Individual Developer (Standalone)]] ----------------------------------------------------------------------- +* <<ADMINISTRATION,Repository Administration>> commands are for system + administrators who are responsible for the care and feeding + of Git repositories. + + +Individual Developer (Standalone)[[STANDALONE]] +----------------------------------------------- A standalone individual developer does not exchange patches with other people, and works alone in a single repository, using the @@ -24,8 +39,6 @@ following commands. * linkgit:git-init[1] to create a new repository. - * linkgit:git-show-branch[1] to see where you are. - * linkgit:git-log[1] to see what happened. * linkgit:git-checkout[1] and linkgit:git-branch[1] to switch @@ -45,7 +58,7 @@ following commands. * linkgit:git-rebase[1] to maintain topic branches. - * linkgit:git-tag[1] to mark known point. + * linkgit:git-tag[1] to mark a known point. Examples ~~~~~~~~ @@ -75,14 +88,12 @@ $ edit/compile/test $ git diff HEAD <4> $ git commit -a -s <5> $ edit/compile/test -$ git reset --soft HEAD^ <6> -$ edit/compile/test -$ git diff ORIG_HEAD <7> -$ git commit -a -c ORIG_HEAD <8> -$ git checkout master <9> -$ git merge alsa-audio <10> -$ git log --since='3 days ago' <11> -$ git log v2.43.. curses/ <12> +$ git diff HEAD^ <6> +$ git commit -a --amend <7> +$ git checkout master <8> +$ git merge alsa-audio <9> +$ git log --since='3 days ago' <10> +$ git log v2.43.. curses/ <11> ------------ + <1> create a new topic branch. @@ -90,22 +101,21 @@ $ git log v2.43.. curses/ <12> <3> you need to tell Git if you added a new file; removal and modification will be caught if you do `git commit -a` later. <4> to see what changes you are committing. -<5> commit everything as you have tested, with your sign-off. -<6> take the last commit back, keeping what is in the working tree. -<7> look at the changes since the premature commit we took back. -<8> redo the commit undone in the previous step, using the message -you originally wrote. -<9> switch to the master branch. -<10> merge a topic branch into your master branch. -<11> review commit logs; other forms to limit output can be -combined and include `--max-count=10` (show 10 commits), +<5> commit everything, as you have tested, with your sign-off. +<6> look at all your changes including the previous commit. +<7> amend the previous commit, adding all your new changes, +using your original message. +<8> switch to the master branch. +<9> merge a topic branch into your master branch. +<10> review commit logs; other forms to limit output can be +combined and include `-10` (to show up to 10 commits), `--until=2005-12-10`, etc. -<12> view only the changes that touch what's in `curses/` +<11> view only the changes that touch what's in `curses/` directory, since `v2.43` tag. -Individual Developer (Participant)[[Individual Developer (Participant)]] ------------------------------------------------------------------------- +Individual Developer (Participant)[[PARTICIPANT]] +------------------------------------------------- A developer working as a participant in a group project needs to learn how to communicate with others, and uses these commands in @@ -123,6 +133,13 @@ addition to the ones needed by a standalone developer. * linkgit:git-format-patch[1] to prepare e-mail submission, if you adopt Linux kernel-style public forum workflow. + * linkgit:git-send-email[1] to send your e-mail submission without + corruption by your MUA. + + * linkgit:git-request-pull[1] to create a summary of changes + for your upstream to pull. + + Examples ~~~~~~~~ @@ -131,28 +148,34 @@ Clone the upstream and work on it. Feed changes to upstream.:: ------------ $ git clone git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/.../torvalds/linux-2.6 my2.6 $ cd my2.6 -$ edit/compile/test; git commit -a -s <1> -$ git format-patch origin <2> -$ git pull <3> -$ git log -p ORIG_HEAD.. arch/i386 include/asm-i386 <4> -$ git pull git://git.kernel.org/pub/.../jgarzik/libata-dev.git ALL <5> -$ git reset --hard ORIG_HEAD <6> -$ git gc <7> -$ git fetch --tags <8> +$ git checkout -b mine master <1> +$ edit/compile/test; git commit -a -s <2> +$ git format-patch master <3> +$ git send-email --to="person <email@example.com>" 00*.patch <4> +$ git checkout master <5> +$ git pull <6> +$ git log -p ORIG_HEAD.. arch/i386 include/asm-i386 <7> +$ git ls-remote --heads http://git.kernel.org/.../jgarzik/libata-dev.git <8> +$ git pull git://git.kernel.org/pub/.../jgarzik/libata-dev.git ALL <9> +$ git reset --hard ORIG_HEAD <10> +$ git gc <11> ------------ + -<1> repeat as needed. -<2> extract patches from your branch for e-mail submission. -<3> `git pull` fetches from `origin` by default and merges into the +<1> checkout a new branch `mine` from master. +<2> repeat as needed. +<3> extract patches from your branch, relative to master, +<4> and email them. +<5> return to `master`, ready to see what's new +<6> `git pull` fetches from `origin` by default and merges into the current branch. -<4> immediately after pulling, look at the changes done upstream +<7> immediately after pulling, look at the changes done upstream since last time we checked, only in the area we are interested in. -<5> fetch from a specific branch from a specific repository and merge. -<6> revert the pull. -<7> garbage collect leftover objects from reverted pull. -<8> from time to time, obtain official tags from the `origin` -and store them under `.git/refs/tags/`. +<8> check the branch names in an external repository (if not known). +<9> fetch from a specific branch `ALL` from a specific repository +and merge it. +<10> revert the pull. +<11> garbage collect leftover objects from reverted pull. Push into another repository.:: @@ -166,7 +189,7 @@ remote.origin.fetch refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/origin/* branch.master.remote origin branch.master.merge refs/heads/master satellite$ git config remote.origin.push \ - master:refs/remotes/satellite/master <3> + +refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/satellite/* <3> satellite$ edit/compile/test/commit satellite$ git push origin <4> @@ -181,11 +204,12 @@ machine. <2> clone sets these configuration variables by default. It arranges `git pull` to fetch and store the branches of mothership machine to local `remotes/origin/*` remote-tracking branches. -<3> arrange `git push` to push local `master` branch to -`remotes/satellite/master` branch of the mothership machine. -<4> push will stash our work away on `remotes/satellite/master` -remote-tracking branch on the mothership machine. You could use this -as a back-up method. +<3> arrange `git push` to push all local branches to +their corresponding branch of the mothership machine. +<4> push will stash all our work away on `remotes/satellite/*` +remote-tracking branches on the mothership machine. You could use this +as a back-up method. Likewise, you can pretend that mothership +"fetched" from you (useful when access is one sided). <5> on mothership machine, merge the work done on the satellite machine into the master branch. @@ -195,17 +219,22 @@ Branch off of a specific tag.:: $ git checkout -b private2.6.14 v2.6.14 <1> $ edit/compile/test; git commit -a $ git checkout master -$ git format-patch -k -m --stdout v2.6.14..private2.6.14 | - git am -3 -k <2> +$ git cherry-pick v2.6.14..private2.6.14 <2> ------------ + <1> create a private branch based on a well known (but somewhat behind) tag. <2> forward port all changes in `private2.6.14` branch to `master` branch -without a formal "merging". +without a formal "merging". Or longhand + +`git format-patch -k -m --stdout v2.6.14..private2.6.14 | + git am -3 -k` +An alternate participant submission mechanism is using the +`git request-pull` or pull-request mechanisms (e.g as used on +GitHub (www.github.com) to notify your upstream of your +contribution. -Integrator[[Integrator]] +Integrator[[INTEGRATOR]] ------------------------ A fairly central person acting as the integrator in a group @@ -213,6 +242,13 @@ project receives changes made by others, reviews and integrates them and publishes the result for others to use, using these commands in addition to the ones needed by participants. +This section can also be used by those who respond to `git +request-pull` or pull-request on GitHub (www.github.com) to +integrate the work of others into their history. An sub-area +lieutenant for a repository will act both as a participant and +as an integrator. + + * linkgit:git-am[1] to apply patches e-mailed in from your contributors. @@ -229,19 +265,19 @@ commands in addition to the ones needed by participants. Examples ~~~~~~~~ -My typical Git day.:: +A typical integrator's Git day.:: + ------------ $ git status <1> -$ git show-branch <2> +$ git branch --no-merged master <2> $ mailx <3> & s 2 3 4 5 ./+to-apply & s 7 8 ./+hold-linus & q $ git checkout -b topic/one master -$ git am -3 -i -s -u ./+to-apply <4> +$ git am -3 -i -s ./+to-apply <4> $ compile/test -$ git checkout -b hold/linus && git am -3 -i -s -u ./+hold-linus <5> +$ git checkout -b hold/linus && git am -3 -i -s ./+hold-linus <5> $ git checkout topic/one && git rebase master <6> $ git checkout pu && git reset --hard next <7> $ git merge topic/one topic/two && git merge hold/linus <8> @@ -249,51 +285,51 @@ $ git checkout maint $ git cherry-pick master~4 <9> $ compile/test $ git tag -s -m "GIT 0.99.9x" v0.99.9x <10> -$ git fetch ko && git show-branch master maint 'tags/ko-*' <11> -$ git push ko <12> -$ git push ko v0.99.9x <13> +$ git fetch ko && for branch in master maint next pu <11> + do + git show-branch ko/$branch $branch <12> + done +$ git push --follow-tags ko <13> ------------ + -<1> see what I was in the middle of doing, if any. -<2> see what topic branches I have and think about how ready -they are. +<1> see what you were in the middle of doing, if anything. +<2> see which branches haven't been merged into `master` yet. +Likewise for any other integration branches e.g. `maint`, `next` +and `pu` (potential updates). <3> read mails, save ones that are applicable, and save others -that are not quite ready. -<4> apply them, interactively, with my sign-offs. -<5> create topic branch as needed and apply, again with my -sign-offs. +that are not quite ready (other mail readers are available). +<4> apply them, interactively, with your sign-offs. +<5> create topic branch as needed and apply, again with sign-offs. <6> rebase internal topic branch that has not been merged to the master or exposed as a part of a stable branch. <7> restart `pu` every time from the next. <8> and bundle topic branches still cooking. <9> backport a critical fix. <10> create a signed tag. -<11> make sure I did not accidentally rewind master beyond what I -already pushed out. `ko` shorthand points at the repository I have -at kernel.org, and looks like this: +<11> make sure master was not accidentally rewound beyond that +already pushed out. `ko` shorthand points at the Git maintainer's +repository at kernel.org, and looks like this: + ------------ -$ cat .git/remotes/ko -URL: kernel.org:/pub/scm/git/git.git -Pull: master:refs/tags/ko-master -Pull: next:refs/tags/ko-next -Pull: maint:refs/tags/ko-maint -Push: master -Push: next -Push: +pu -Push: maint +(in .git/config) +[remote "ko"] + url = kernel.org:/pub/scm/git/git.git + fetch = refs/heads/*:refs/remotes/ko/* + push = refs/heads/master + push = refs/heads/next + push = +refs/heads/pu + push = refs/heads/maint ------------ + -In the output from `git show-branch`, `master` should have -everything `ko-master` has, and `next` should have -everything `ko-next` has. - -<12> push out the bleeding edge. -<13> push the tag out, too. +<12> In the output from `git show-branch`, `master` should have +everything `ko/master` has, and `next` should have +everything `ko/next` has, etc. +<13> push out the bleeding edge, together with new tags that point +into the pushed history. -Repository Administration[[Repository Administration]] ------------------------------------------------------- +Repository Administration[[ADMINISTRATION]] +------------------------------------------- A repository administrator uses the following tools to set up and maintain access to the repository by developers. @@ -304,9 +340,19 @@ and maintain access to the repository by developers. * linkgit:git-shell[1] can be used as a 'restricted login shell' for shared central repository users. + * linkgit:git-http-backend[1] provides a server side implementation + of Git-over-HTTP ("Smart http") allowing both fetch and push services. + + * linkgit:gitweb[1] provides a web front-end to Git repositories, + which can be set-up using the linkgit:git-instaweb[1] script. + link:howto/update-hook-example.html[update hook howto] has a good example of managing a shared central repository. +In addition there are a number of other widely deployed hosting, browsing +and reviewing solutions such as: + + * gitolite, gerrit code review, cgit and others. Examples ~~~~~~~~ @@ -335,22 +381,25 @@ $ cat /etc/xinetd.d/git-daemon # description: The Git server offers access to Git repositories service git { - disable = no - type = UNLISTED - port = 9418 - socket_type = stream - wait = no - user = nobody - server = /usr/bin/git-daemon - server_args = --inetd --export-all --base-path=/pub/scm - log_on_failure += USERID + disable = no + type = UNLISTED + port = 9418 + socket_type = stream + wait = no + user = nobody + server = /usr/bin/git-daemon + server_args = --inetd --export-all --base-path=/pub/scm + log_on_failure += USERID } ------------ + Check your xinetd(8) documentation and setup, this is from a Fedora system. Others might be different. -Give push/pull only access to developers.:: +Give push/pull only access to developers using git-over-ssh.:: + +e.g. those using: +`$ git push/pull ssh://host.xz/pub/scm/project` + ------------ $ grep git /etc/passwd <1> @@ -363,8 +412,8 @@ $ grep git /etc/shells <2> ------------ + <1> log-in shell is set to /usr/bin/git-shell, which does not -allow anything but `git push` and `git pull`. The users should -get an ssh access to the machine. +allow anything but `git push` and `git pull`. The users require +ssh access to the machine. <2> in many distributions /etc/shells needs to list what is used as the login shell. @@ -401,13 +450,6 @@ for branch policy control. david is the release manager and is the only person who can create and push version tags. -HTTP server to support dumb protocol transfer.:: -+ ------------- -dev$ git update-server-info <1> -dev$ ftp user@isp.example.com <2> -ftp> cp -r .git /home/user/myproject.git ------------- -+ -<1> make sure your info/refs and objects/info/packs are up-to-date -<2> upload to public HTTP server hosted by your ISP. +GIT +--- +Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitglossary.txt b/Documentation/gitglossary.txt index e52de7dbb4..212e254adc 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitglossary.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitglossary.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ SEE ALSO linkgit:gittutorial[7], linkgit:gittutorial-2[7], linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7], -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/githooks.txt b/Documentation/githooks.txt index d954bf6ba8..7ba0ac965d 100644 --- a/Documentation/githooks.txt +++ b/Documentation/githooks.txt @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ if the merge failed due to conflicts. This hook can be used in conjunction with a corresponding pre-commit hook to save and restore any form of metadata associated with the working tree -(eg: permissions/ownership, ACLS, etc). See contrib/hooks/setgitperms.perl +(e.g.: permissions/ownership, ACLS, etc). See contrib/hooks/setgitperms.perl for an example of how to do this. pre-push @@ -341,6 +341,36 @@ Both standard output and standard error output are forwarded to 'git send-pack' on the other end, so you can simply `echo` messages for the user. +push-to-checkout +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This hook is invoked by 'git-receive-pack' on the remote repository, +which happens when a 'git push' is done on a local repository, when +the push tries to update the branch that is currently checked out +and the `receive.denyCurrentBranch` configuration variable is set to +`updateInstead`. Such a push by default is refused if the working +tree and the index of the remote repository has any difference from +the currently checked out commit; when both the working tree and the +index match the current commit, they are updated to match the newly +pushed tip of the branch. This hook is to be used to override the +default behaviour. + +The hook receives the commit with which the tip of the current +branch is going to be updated. It can exit with a non-zero status +to refuse the push (when it does so, it must not modify the index or +the working tree). Or it can make any necessary changes to the +working tree and to the index to bring them to the desired state +when the tip of the current branch is updated to the new commit, and +exit with a zero status. + +For example, the hook can simply run `git read-tree -u -m HEAD "$1"` +in order to emulate 'git fetch' that is run in the reverse direction +with `git push`, as the two-tree form of `read-tree -u -m` is +essentially the same as `git checkout` that switches branches while +keeping the local changes in the working tree that do not interfere +with the difference between the branches. + + pre-auto-gc ~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/gitignore.txt b/Documentation/gitignore.txt index 8734c1566c..473623d631 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitignore.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitignore.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ precedence, the last matching pattern decides the outcome): * Patterns read from `$GIT_DIR/info/exclude`. * Patterns read from the file specified by the configuration - variable 'core.excludesfile'. + variable 'core.excludesFile'. Which file to place a pattern in depends on how the pattern is meant to be used. @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ be used. * Patterns which a user wants Git to ignore in all situations (e.g., backup or temporary files generated by the user's editor of choice) generally go into a file specified by - `core.excludesfile` in the user's `~/.gitconfig`. Its default value is + `core.excludesFile` in the user's `~/.gitconfig`. Its default value is $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/git/ignore. If $XDG_CONFIG_HOME is either not set or empty, $HOME/.config/git/ignore is used instead. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ PATTERN FORMAT Put a backslash ("`\`") in front of the first hash for patterns that begin with a hash. - - Trailing spaces are ignored unless they are quoted with backlash + - Trailing spaces are ignored unless they are quoted with backslash ("`\`"). - An optional prefix "`!`" which negates the pattern; any @@ -138,9 +138,6 @@ NOTES The purpose of gitignore files is to ensure that certain files not tracked by Git remain untracked. -To ignore uncommitted changes in a file that is already tracked, -use 'git update-index {litdd}assume-unchanged'. - To stop tracking a file that is currently tracked, use 'git rm --cached'. @@ -203,7 +200,6 @@ everything within `foo/bar`): SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-rm[1], -linkgit:git-update-index[1], linkgit:gitrepository-layout[5], linkgit:git-check-ignore[1] diff --git a/Documentation/gitk.txt b/Documentation/gitk.txt index 7e03fcc62d..7ae50aa26a 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitk.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitk.txt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ gitk-specific options. gitk generally only understands options with arguments in the 'sticked' form (see linkgit:gitcli[7]) due to limitations in the -command line parser. +command-line parser. rev-list options and arguments ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt index f6c0dfd029..ac70eca321 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitmodules.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitmodules.txt @@ -38,18 +38,15 @@ submodule.<name>.url:: In addition, there are a number of optional keys: submodule.<name>.update:: - Defines what to do when the submodule is updated by the superproject. - If 'checkout' (the default), the new commit specified in the - superproject will be checked out in the submodule on a detached HEAD. - If 'rebase', the current branch of the submodule will be rebased onto - the commit specified in the superproject. If 'merge', the commit - specified in the superproject will be merged into the current branch - in the submodule. - If 'none', the submodule with name `$name` will not be updated - by default. - - This config option is overridden if 'git submodule update' is given - the '--merge', '--rebase' or '--checkout' options. + Defines the default update procedure for the named submodule, + i.e. how the submodule is updated by "git submodule update" + command in the superproject. This is only used by `git + submodule init` to initialize the configuration variable of + the same name. Allowed values here are 'checkout', 'rebase', + 'merge' or 'none'. See description of 'update' command in + linkgit:git-submodule[1] for their meaning. Note that the + '!command' form is intentionally ignored here for security + reasons. submodule.<name>.branch:: A remote branch name for tracking updates in the upstream submodule. diff --git a/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt b/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt index 64f7ad26b4..8edf72cf53 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitremote-helpers.txt @@ -452,8 +452,14 @@ SEE ALSO -------- linkgit:git-remote[1] +linkgit:git-remote-ext[1] + +linkgit:git-remote-fd[1] + linkgit:git-remote-testgit[1] +linkgit:git-fast-import[1] + GIT --- Part of the linkgit:git[1] suite diff --git a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt index 17d2ea6c1e..79653f3134 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitrepository-layout.txt @@ -155,6 +155,10 @@ index:: The current index file for the repository. It is usually not found in a bare repository. +sharedindex.<SHA-1>:: + The shared index part, to be referenced by $GIT_DIR/index and + other temporary index files. Only valid in split index mode. + info:: Additional information about the repository is recorded in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt b/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt index 3109ea8aad..30d2119565 100644 --- a/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt +++ b/Documentation/gittutorial-2.txt @@ -368,17 +368,18 @@ situation: ------------------------------------------------ $ git status -# On branch master -# Changes to be committed: -# (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage) -# -# new file: closing.txt -# -# Changes not staged for commit: -# (use "git add <file>..." to update what will be committed) -# -# modified: file.txt -# +On branch master +Changes to be committed: + (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage) + + new file: closing.txt + +Changes not staged for commit: + (use "git add <file>..." to update what will be committed) + (use "git checkout -- <file>..." to discard changes in working directory) + + modified: file.txt + ------------------------------------------------ Since the current state of closing.txt is cached in the index file, @@ -403,7 +404,7 @@ What next? At this point you should know everything necessary to read the man pages for any of the git commands; one good place to start would be -with the commands mentioned in link:everyday.html[Everyday Git]. You +with the commands mentioned in linkgit:giteveryday[7]. You should be able to find any unknown jargon in linkgit:gitglossary[7]. The link:user-manual.html[Git User's Manual] provides a more @@ -427,7 +428,7 @@ linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7], linkgit:gitcore-tutorial[7], linkgit:gitglossary[7], linkgit:git-help[1], -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/gittutorial.txt b/Documentation/gittutorial.txt index 8262196318..b00c67df46 100644 --- a/Documentation/gittutorial.txt +++ b/Documentation/gittutorial.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ gittutorial(7) NAME ---- -gittutorial - A tutorial introduction to Git (for version 1.5.1 or newer) +gittutorial - A tutorial introduction to Git SYNOPSIS -------- @@ -107,14 +107,15 @@ summary of the situation with 'git status': ------------------------------------------------ $ git status -# On branch master -# Changes to be committed: -# (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage) -# -# modified: file1 -# modified: file2 -# modified: file3 -# +On branch master +Changes to be committed: +Your branch is up-to-date with 'origin/master'. + (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage) + + modified: file1 + modified: file2 + modified: file3 + ------------------------------------------------ If you need to make any further adjustments, do so now, and then add any @@ -656,7 +657,7 @@ digressions that may be interesting at this point are: * linkgit:gitworkflows[7]: Gives an overview of recommended workflows. - * link:everyday.html[Everyday Git with 20 Commands Or So] + * linkgit:giteveryday[7]: Everyday Git with 20 Commands Or So. * linkgit:gitcvs-migration[7]: Git for CVS users. @@ -668,7 +669,7 @@ linkgit:gitcore-tutorial[7], linkgit:gitglossary[7], linkgit:git-help[1], linkgit:gitworkflows[7], -link:everyday.html[Everyday Git], +linkgit:giteveryday[7], link:user-manual.html[The Git User's Manual] GIT diff --git a/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt index 952f503afb..0506f07d74 100644 --- a/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt +++ b/Documentation/gitweb.conf.txt @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ show-sizes:: I/O. Enabled by default. + This feature can be configured on a per-repository basis via -repository's `gitweb.showsizes` configuration variable (boolean). +repository's `gitweb.showSizes` configuration variable (boolean). patches:: Enable and configure "patches" view, which displays list of commits in email @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ the following in your GITWEB_CONFIG file: $feature{'snapshot'}{'override'} = 1; If you allow overriding for the snapshot feature, you can specify which -snapshot formats are globally disabled. You can also add any command line +snapshot formats are globally disabled. You can also add any command-line options you want (such as setting the compression level). For instance, you can disable Zip compressed snapshots and set *gzip*(1) to run at level 6 by adding the following lines to your gitweb configuration file: diff --git a/Documentation/glossary-content.txt b/Documentation/glossary-content.txt index 4e0b971824..bf383c2e8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/glossary-content.txt +++ b/Documentation/glossary-content.txt @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ short form, the leading colon `:` is followed by zero or more "magic signature" letters (which optionally is terminated by another colon `:`), and the remainder is the pattern to match against the path. The "magic signature" consists of ASCII symbols that are neither -alphanumeric, glob, regex special charaters nor colon. +alphanumeric, glob, regex special characters nor colon. The optional colon that terminates the "magic signature" can be omitted if the pattern begins with a character that does not belong to "magic signature" symbol set and is not a colon. diff --git a/Documentation/howto/keep-canonical-history-correct.txt b/Documentation/howto/keep-canonical-history-correct.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..35d48ef714 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/howto/keep-canonical-history-correct.txt @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +From: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com> +Date: Wed, 07 May 2014 13:15:39 -0700 +Subject: Beginner question on "Pull is mostly evil" +Abstract: This how-to explains a method for keeping a + project's history correct when using git pull. +Content-type: text/asciidoc + +Keep authoritative canonical history correct with git pull +========================================================== + +Sometimes a new project integrator will end up with project history +that appears to be "backwards" from what other project developers +expect. This howto presents a suggested integration workflow for +maintaining a central repository. + +Suppose that that central repository has this history: + +------------ + ---o---o---A +------------ + +which ends at commit `A` (time flows from left to right and each node +in the graph is a commit, lines between them indicating parent-child +relationship). + +Then you clone it and work on your own commits, which leads you to +have this history in *your* repository: + +------------ + ---o---o---A---B---C +------------ + +Imagine your coworker did the same and built on top of `A` in *his* +repository in the meantime, and then pushed it to the +central repository: + +------------ + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z +------------ + +Now, if you `git push` at this point, because your history that leads +to `C` lacks `X`, `Y` and `Z`, it will fail. You need to somehow make +the tip of your history a descendant of `Z`. + +One suggested way to solve the problem is "fetch and then merge", aka +`git pull`. When you fetch, your repository will have a history like +this: + +------------ + ---o---o---A---B---C + \ + X---Y---Z +------------ + +Once you run merge after that, while still on *your* branch, i.e. `C`, +you will create a merge `M` and make the history look like this: + +------------ + ---o---o---A---B---C---M + \ / + X---Y---Z +------------ + +`M` is a descendant of `Z`, so you can push to update the central +repository. Such a merge `M` does not lose any commit in both +histories, so in that sense it may not be wrong, but when people want +to talk about "the authoritative canonical history that is shared +among the project participants", i.e. "the trunk", they often view +it as "commits you see by following the first-parent chain", and use +this command to view it: + +------------ + $ git log --first-parent +------------ + +For all other people who observed the central repository after your +coworker pushed `Z` but before you pushed `M`, the commit on the trunk +used to be `o-o-A-X-Y-Z`. But because you made `M` while you were on +`C`, `M`'s first parent is `C`, so by pushing `M` to advance the +central repository, you made `X-Y-Z` a side branch, not on the trunk. + +You would rather want to have a history of this shape: + +------------ + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z---M' + \ / + B-----------C +------------ + +so that in the first-parent chain, it is clear that the project first +did `X` and then `Y` and then `Z` and merged a change that consists of +two commits `B` and `C` that achieves a single goal. You may have +worked on fixing the bug #12345 with these two patches, and the merge +`M'` with swapped parents can say in its log message "Merge +fix-bug-12345". Having a way to tell `git pull` to create a merge +but record the parents in reverse order may be a way to do so. + +Note that I said "achieves a single goal" above, because this is +important. "Swapping the merge order" only covers a special case +where the project does not care too much about having unrelated +things done on a single merge but cares a lot about first-parent +chain. + +There are multiple schools of thought about the "trunk" management. + + 1. Some projects want to keep a completely linear history without any + merges. Obviously, swapping the merge order would not match their + taste. You would need to flatten your history on top of the + updated upstream to result in a history of this shape instead: ++ +------------ + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z---B---C +------------ ++ +with `git pull --rebase` or something. + + 2. Some projects tolerate merges in their history, but do not worry + too much about the first-parent order, and allow fast-forward + merges. To them, swapping the merge order does not hurt, but + it is unnecessary. + + 3. Some projects want each commit on the "trunk" to do one single + thing. The output of `git log --first-parent` in such a project + would show either a merge of a side branch that completes a single + theme, or a single commit that completes a single theme by itself. + If your two commits `B` and `C` (or they may even be two groups of + commits) were solving two independent issues, then the merge `M'` + we made in the earlier example by swapping the merge order is + still not up to the project standard. It merges two unrelated + efforts `B` and `C` at the same time. + +For projects in the last category (Git itself is one of them), +individual developers would want to prepare a history more like +this: + +------------ + C0--C1--C2 topic-c + / + ---o---o---A master + \ + B0--B1--B2 topic-b +------------ + +That is, keeping separate topics on separate branches, perhaps like +so: + +------------ + $ git clone $URL work && cd work + $ git checkout -b topic-b master + $ ... work to create B0, B1 and B2 to complete one theme + $ git checkout -b topic-c master + $ ... same for the theme of topic-c +------------ + +And then + +------------ + $ git checkout master + $ git pull --ff-only +------------ + +would grab `X`, `Y` and `Z` from the upstream and advance your master +branch: + +------------ + C0--C1--C2 topic-c + / + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z master + \ + B0--B1--B2 topic-b +------------ + +And then you would merge these two branches separately: + +------------ + $ git merge topic-b + $ git merge topic-c +------------ + +to result in + +------------ + C0--C1---------C2 + / \ + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z---M---N + \ / + B0--B1-----B2 +------------ + +and push it back to the central repository. + +It is very much possible that while you are merging topic-b and +topic-c, somebody again advanced the history in the central repository +to put `W` on top of `Z`, and make your `git push` fail. + +In such a case, you would rewind to discard `M` and `N`, update the +tip of your 'master' again and redo the two merges: + +------------ + $ git reset --hard origin/master + $ git pull --ff-only + $ git merge topic-b + $ git merge topic-c +------------ + +The procedure will result in a history that looks like this: + +------------ + C0--C1--------------C2 + / \ + ---o---o---A---X---Y---Z---W---M'--N' + \ / + B0--B1---------B2 +------------ + +See also http://git-blame.blogspot.com/2013/09/fun-with-first-parent-history.html diff --git a/Documentation/howto/recover-corrupted-object-harder.txt b/Documentation/howto/recover-corrupted-object-harder.txt index 6f33dac0e0..23e685d8ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/recover-corrupted-object-harder.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/recover-corrupted-object-harder.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ zlib were failing). Reading the zlib source code, I found that "incorrect data check" means that the adler-32 checksum at the end of the zlib data did not match the inflated data. So stepping the data through zlib would not help, as it -did not fail until the very end, when we realize the crc does not match. +did not fail until the very end, when we realize the CRC does not match. The problematic bytes could be anywhere in the object data. The first thing I did was pull the broken data out of the packfile. I @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ halfway through: ------- I let it run to completion, and got a few more hits at the end (where it -was munging the crc to match our broken data). So there was a good +was munging the CRC to match our broken data). So there was a good chance this middle hit was the source of the problem. I confirmed by tweaking the byte in a hex editor, zlib inflating the diff --git a/Documentation/howto/setup-git-server-over-http.txt b/Documentation/howto/setup-git-server-over-http.txt index 6de4f3c487..f44e5e9458 100644 --- a/Documentation/howto/setup-git-server-over-http.txt +++ b/Documentation/howto/setup-git-server-over-http.txt @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ On Debian: Most tests should pass. -A command line tool to test WebDAV is cadaver. If you prefer GUIs, for +A command-line tool to test WebDAV is cadaver. If you prefer GUIs, for example, konqueror can open WebDAV URLs as "webdav://..." or "webdavs://...". diff --git a/Documentation/merge-config.txt b/Documentation/merge-config.txt index d78d6d854e..8a0e52f8ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/merge-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/merge-config.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -merge.conflictstyle:: +merge.conflictStyle:: Specify the style in which conflicted hunks are written out to working tree files upon merge. The default is "merge", which shows a `<<<<<<<` conflict marker, changes made by one side, diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt index 85d63532a3..dcf7429a47 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-formats.txt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ would show something like this: The author of fe6e0ee was Junio C Hamano, 23 hours ago The title was >>t4119: test autocomputing -p<n> for traditional diff input.<< --------- +------- + The placeholders are: @@ -115,19 +115,22 @@ The placeholders are: - '%aD': author date, RFC2822 style - '%ar': author date, relative - '%at': author date, UNIX timestamp -- '%ai': author date, ISO 8601 format +- '%ai': author date, ISO 8601-like format +- '%aI': author date, strict ISO 8601 format - '%cn': committer name - '%cN': committer name (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) - '%ce': committer email - '%cE': committer email (respecting .mailmap, see linkgit:git-shortlog[1] or linkgit:git-blame[1]) -- '%cd': committer date +- '%cd': committer date (format respects --date= option) - '%cD': committer date, RFC2822 style - '%cr': committer date, relative - '%ct': committer date, UNIX timestamp -- '%ci': committer date, ISO 8601 format +- '%ci': committer date, ISO 8601-like format +- '%cI': committer date, strict ISO 8601 format - '%d': ref names, like the --decorate option of linkgit:git-log[1] +- '%D': ref names without the " (", ")" wrapping. - '%e': encoding - '%s': subject - '%f': sanitized subject line, suitable for a filename @@ -182,8 +185,9 @@ The placeholders are: NOTE: Some placeholders may depend on other options given to the revision traversal engine. For example, the `%g*` reflog options will insert an empty string unless we are traversing reflog entries (e.g., by -`git log -g`). The `%d` placeholder will use the "short" decoration -format if `--decorate` was not already provided on the command line. +`git log -g`). The `%d` and `%D` placeholders will use the "short" +decoration format if `--decorate` was not already provided on the command +line. If you add a `+` (plus sign) after '%' of a placeholder, a line-feed is inserted immediately before the expansion if and only if the diff --git a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt index 8569e29d08..74aa01a0ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/pretty-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/pretty-options.txt @@ -3,9 +3,13 @@ Pretty-print the contents of the commit logs in a given format, where '<format>' can be one of 'oneline', 'short', 'medium', - 'full', 'fuller', 'email', 'raw' and 'format:<string>'. See - the "PRETTY FORMATS" section for some additional details for each - format. When omitted, the format defaults to 'medium'. + 'full', 'fuller', 'email', 'raw', 'format:<string>' + and 'tformat:<string>'. When '<format>' is none of the above, + and has '%placeholder' in it, it acts as if + '--pretty=tformat:<format>' were given. ++ +See the "PRETTY FORMATS" section for some additional details for each +format. When '=<format>' part is omitted, it defaults to 'medium'. + Note: you can specify the default pretty format in the repository configuration (see linkgit:git-config[1]). diff --git a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt index 18cffc25b8..1ebbf1d738 100644 --- a/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt +++ b/Documentation/pull-fetch-param.txt @@ -12,9 +12,23 @@ ifndef::git-pull[] endif::git-pull[] <refspec>:: - The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus - `+`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed - by a colon `:`, followed by the destination ref <dst>. + Specifies which refs to fetch and which local refs to update. + When no <refspec>s appear on the command line, the refs to fetch + are read from `remote.<repository>.fetch` variables instead +ifndef::git-pull[] + (see <<CRTB,CONFIGURED REMOTE-TRACKING BRANCHES>> below). +endif::git-pull[] +ifdef::git-pull[] + (see linkgit:git-fetch[1]). +endif::git-pull[] ++ +The format of a <refspec> parameter is an optional plus +`+`, followed by the source ref <src>, followed +by a colon `:`, followed by the destination ref <dst>. +The colon can be omitted when <dst> is empty. ++ +`tag <tag>` means the same as `refs/tags/<tag>:refs/tags/<tag>`; +it requests fetching everything up to the given tag. + The remote ref that matches <src> is fetched, and if <dst> is not empty string, the local @@ -24,55 +38,34 @@ is updated even if it does not result in a fast-forward update. + [NOTE] -If the remote branch from which you want to pull is -modified in non-linear ways such as being rewound and -rebased frequently, then a pull will attempt a merge with -an older version of itself, likely conflict, and fail. -It is under these conditions that you would want to use -the `+` sign to indicate non-fast-forward updates will -be needed. There is currently no easy way to determine -or declare that a branch will be made available in a -repository with this behavior; the pulling user simply +When the remote branch you want to fetch is known to +be rewound and rebased regularly, it is expected that +its new tip will not be descendant of its previous tip +(as stored in your remote-tracking branch the last time +you fetched). You would want +to use the `+` sign to indicate non-fast-forward updates +will be needed for such branches. There is no way to +determine or declare that a branch will be made available +in a repository with this behavior; the pulling user simply must know this is the expected usage pattern for a branch. -+ -[NOTE] -You never do your own development on branches that appear -on the right hand side of a <refspec> colon on `Pull:` lines; -they are to be updated by 'git fetch'. If you intend to do -development derived from a remote branch `B`, have a `Pull:` -line to track it (i.e. `Pull: B:remote-B`), and have a separate -branch `my-B` to do your development on top of it. The latter -is created by `git branch my-B remote-B` (or its equivalent `git -checkout -b my-B remote-B`). Run `git fetch` to keep track of -the progress of the remote side, and when you see something new -on the remote branch, merge it into your development branch with -`git pull . remote-B`, while you are on `my-B` branch. +ifdef::git-pull[] + [NOTE] There is a difference between listing multiple <refspec> directly on 'git pull' command line and having multiple -`Pull:` <refspec> lines for a <repository> and running +`remote.<repository>.fetch` entries in your configuration +for a <repository> and running a 'git pull' command without any explicit <refspec> parameters. -<refspec> listed explicitly on the command line are always +<refspec>s listed explicitly on the command line are always merged into the current branch after fetching. In other words, -if you list more than one remote refs, you would be making -an Octopus. While 'git pull' run without any explicit <refspec> -parameter takes default <refspec>s from `Pull:` lines, it -merges only the first <refspec> found into the current branch, -after fetching all the remote refs. This is because making an +if you list more than one remote ref, 'git pull' will create +an Octopus merge. On the other hand, if you do not list any +explicit <refspec> parameter on the command line, 'git pull' +will fetch all the <refspec>s it finds in the +`remote.<repository>.fetch` configuration and merge +only the first <refspec> found into the current branch. +This is because making an Octopus from remote refs is rarely done, while keeping track of multiple remote heads in one-go by fetching more than one is often useful. -+ -Some short-cut notations are also supported. -+ -* `tag <tag>` means the same as `refs/tags/<tag>:refs/tags/<tag>`; - it requests fetching everything up to the given tag. -ifndef::git-pull[] -* A parameter <ref> without a colon fetches that ref into FETCH_HEAD, -endif::git-pull[] -ifdef::git-pull[] -* A parameter <ref> without a colon merges <ref> into the current - branch, endif::git-pull[] - and updates the remote-tracking branches (if any). diff --git a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt index deb8cca917..4ed8587c84 100644 --- a/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt +++ b/Documentation/rev-list-options.txt @@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ if it is part of the log message. Limit the commits output to ones that match all given `--grep`, instead of ones that match at least one. +--invert-grep:: + Limit the commits output to ones with log message that do not + match the pattern specified with `--grep=<pattern>`. + -i:: --regexp-ignore-case:: Match the regular expression limiting patterns without regard to letter @@ -160,7 +164,7 @@ parents) and `--max-parents=-1` (negative numbers denote no upper limit). consider. Repetitions of this option accumulate exclusion patterns up to the next `--all`, `--branches`, `--tags`, `--remotes`, or `--glob` option (other options or arguments do not clear - accumlated patterns). + accumulated patterns). + The patterns given should not begin with `refs/heads`, `refs/tags`, or `refs/remotes` when applied to `--branches`, `--tags`, or `--remotes`, @@ -168,6 +172,10 @@ respectively, and they must begin with `refs/` when applied to `--glob` or `--all`. If a trailing '/{asterisk}' is intended, it must be given explicitly. +--reflog:: + Pretend as if all objects mentioned by reflogs are listed on the + command line as `<commit>`. + --ignore-missing:: Upon seeing an invalid object name in the input, pretend as if the bad input was not given. @@ -635,6 +643,7 @@ Object Traversal These options are mostly targeted for packing of Git repositories. +ifdef::git-rev-list[] --objects:: Print the object IDs of any object referenced by the listed commits. `--objects foo ^bar` thus means ``send me @@ -644,13 +653,24 @@ These options are mostly targeted for packing of Git repositories. --objects-edge:: Similar to `--objects`, but also print the IDs of excluded commits prefixed with a ``-'' character. This is used by - linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] to build ``thin'' pack, which records + linkgit:git-pack-objects[1] to build a ``thin'' pack, which records objects in deltified form based on objects contained in these excluded commits to reduce network traffic. +--objects-edge-aggressive:: + Similar to `--objects-edge`, but it tries harder to find excluded + commits at the cost of increased time. This is used instead of + `--objects-edge` to build ``thin'' packs for shallow repositories. + +--indexed-objects:: + Pretend as if all trees and blobs used by the index are listed + on the command line. Note that you probably want to use + `--objects`, too. + --unpacked:: Only useful with `--objects`; print the object IDs that are not in packs. +endif::git-rev-list[] --no-walk[=(sorted|unsorted)]:: Only show the given commits, but do not traverse their ancestors. @@ -677,7 +697,7 @@ include::pretty-options.txt[] --relative-date:: Synonym for `--date=relative`. ---date=(relative|local|default|iso|rfc|short|raw):: +--date=(relative|local|default|iso|iso-strict|rfc|short|raw):: Only takes effect for dates shown in human-readable format, such as when using `--pretty`. `log.date` config variable sets a default value for the log command's `--date` option. @@ -687,7 +707,16 @@ e.g. ``2 hours ago''. + `--date=local` shows timestamps in user's local time zone. + -`--date=iso` (or `--date=iso8601`) shows timestamps in ISO 8601 format. +`--date=iso` (or `--date=iso8601`) shows timestamps in a ISO 8601-like format. +The differences to the strict ISO 8601 format are: + + - a space instead of the `T` date/time delimiter + - a space between time and time zone + - no colon between hours and minutes of the time zone + ++ +`--date=iso-strict` (or `--date=iso8601-strict`) shows timestamps in strict +ISO 8601 format. + `--date=rfc` (or `--date=rfc2822`) shows timestamps in RFC 2822 format, often found in email messages. diff --git a/Documentation/revisions.txt b/Documentation/revisions.txt index 5a286d0d61..07961185fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/revisions.txt +++ b/Documentation/revisions.txt @@ -94,7 +94,9 @@ some output processing may assume ref names in UTF-8. '<branchname>@\{upstream\}', e.g. 'master@\{upstream\}', '@\{u\}':: The suffix '@\{upstream\}' to a branchname (short form '<branchname>@\{u\}') refers to the branch that the branch specified by branchname is set to build on - top of. A missing branchname defaults to the current one. + top of (configured with `branch.<name>.remote` and + `branch.<name>.merge`). A missing branchname defaults to the + current one. '<rev>{caret}', e.g. 'HEAD{caret}, v1.5.1{caret}0':: A suffix '{caret}' to a revision parameter means the first parent of diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt index 542946b1ba..5a59b54844 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-allocation-growing.txt @@ -34,3 +34,6 @@ item[nr++] = value you like; ------------ You are responsible for updating the `nr` variable. + +If you need to specify the number of elements to allocate explicitly +then use the macro `REALLOC_ARRAY(item, alloc)` instead of `ALLOC_GROW`. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt index a6b7d83a8e..1a797812fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-argv-array.txt @@ -53,11 +53,3 @@ Functions `argv_array_clear`:: Free all memory associated with the array and return it to the initial, empty state. - -`argv_array_detach`:: - Detach the argv array from the `struct argv_array`, transferring - ownership of the allocated array and strings. - -`argv_array_free_detached`:: - Free the memory allocated by a `struct argv_array` that was later - detached and is now no longer needed. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-builtin.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-builtin.txt index e3d6e7a79a..22a39b9299 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-builtin.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-builtin.txt @@ -22,11 +22,14 @@ Git: where options is the bitwise-or of: `RUN_SETUP`:: - - Make sure there is a Git directory to work on, and if there is a - work tree, chdir to the top of it if the command was invoked - in a subdirectory. If there is no work tree, no chdir() is - done. + If there is not a Git directory to work on, abort. If there + is a work tree, chdir to the top of it if the command was + invoked in a subdirectory. If there is no work tree, no + chdir() is done. + +`RUN_SETUP_GENTLY`:: + If there is a Git directory, chdir as per RUN_SETUP, otherwise, + don't chdir anywhere. `USE_PAGER`:: diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt index 230b3a0f60..0d8b99b368 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-config.txt @@ -77,6 +77,99 @@ To read a specific file in git-config format, use `git_config_from_file`. This takes the same callback and data parameters as `git_config`. +Querying For Specific Variables +------------------------------- + +For programs wanting to query for specific variables in a non-callback +manner, the config API provides two functions `git_config_get_value` +and `git_config_get_value_multi`. They both read values from an internal +cache generated previously from reading the config files. + +`int git_config_get_value(const char *key, const char **value)`:: + + Finds the highest-priority value for the configuration variable `key`, + stores the pointer to it in `value` and returns 0. When the + configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without touching + `value`. The caller should not free or modify `value`, as it is owned + by the cache. + +`const struct string_list *git_config_get_value_multi(const char *key)`:: + + Finds and returns the value list, sorted in order of increasing priority + for the configuration variable `key`. When the configuration variable + `key` is not found, returns NULL. The caller should not free or modify + the returned pointer, as it is owned by the cache. + +`void git_config_clear(void)`:: + + Resets and invalidates the config cache. + +The config API also provides type specific API functions which do conversion +as well as retrieval for the queried variable, including: + +`int git_config_get_int(const char *key, int *dest)`:: + + Finds and parses the value to an integer for the configuration variable + `key`. Dies on error; otherwise, stores the value of the parsed integer in + `dest` and returns 0. When the configuration variable `key` is not found, + returns 1 without touching `dest`. + +`int git_config_get_ulong(const char *key, unsigned long *dest)`:: + + Similar to `git_config_get_int` but for unsigned longs. + +`int git_config_get_bool(const char *key, int *dest)`:: + + Finds and parses the value into a boolean value, for the configuration + variable `key` respecting keywords like "true" and "false". Integer + values are converted into true/false values (when they are non-zero or + zero, respectively). Other values cause a die(). If parsing is successful, + stores the value of the parsed result in `dest` and returns 0. When the + configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without touching + `dest`. + +`int git_config_get_bool_or_int(const char *key, int *is_bool, int *dest)`:: + + Similar to `git_config_get_bool`, except that integers are copied as-is, + and `is_bool` flag is unset. + +`int git_config_get_maybe_bool(const char *key, int *dest)`:: + + Similar to `git_config_get_bool`, except that it returns -1 on error + rather than dying. + +`int git_config_get_string_const(const char *key, const char **dest)`:: + + Allocates and copies the retrieved string into the `dest` parameter for + the configuration variable `key`; if NULL string is given, prints an + error message and returns -1. When the configuration variable `key` is + not found, returns 1 without touching `dest`. + +`int git_config_get_string(const char *key, char **dest)`:: + + Similar to `git_config_get_string_const`, except that retrieved value + copied into the `dest` parameter is a mutable string. + +`int git_config_get_pathname(const char *key, const char **dest)`:: + + Similar to `git_config_get_string`, but expands `~` or `~user` into + the user's home directory when found at the beginning of the path. + +`git_die_config(const char *key, const char *err, ...)`:: + + First prints the error message specified by the caller in `err` and then + dies printing the line number and the file name of the highest priority + value for the configuration variable `key`. + +`void git_die_config_linenr(const char *key, const char *filename, int linenr)`:: + + Helper function which formats the die error message according to the + parameters entered. Used by `git_die_config()`. It can be used by callers + handling `git_config_get_value_multi()` to print the correct error message + for the desired value. + +See test-config.c for usage examples. + Value Parsing Helpers --------------------- @@ -134,7 +227,98 @@ int read_file_with_include(const char *file, config_fn_t fn, void *data) `git_config` respects includes automatically. The lower-level `git_config_from_file` does not. +Custom Configsets +----------------- + +A `config_set` can be used to construct an in-memory cache for +config-like files that the caller specifies (i.e., files like `.gitmodules`, +`~/.gitconfig` etc.). For example, + +--------------------------------------- +struct config_set gm_config; +git_configset_init(&gm_config); +int b; +/* we add config files to the config_set */ +git_configset_add_file(&gm_config, ".gitmodules"); +git_configset_add_file(&gm_config, ".gitmodules_alt"); + +if (!git_configset_get_bool(gm_config, "submodule.frotz.ignore", &b)) { + /* hack hack hack */ +} + +/* when we are done with the configset */ +git_configset_clear(&gm_config); +---------------------------------------- + +Configset API provides functions for the above mentioned work flow, including: + +`void git_configset_init(struct config_set *cs)`:: + + Initializes the config_set `cs`. + +`int git_configset_add_file(struct config_set *cs, const char *filename)`:: + + Parses the file and adds the variable-value pairs to the `config_set`, + dies if there is an error in parsing the file. Returns 0 on success, or + -1 if the file does not exist or is inaccessible. The user has to decide + if he wants to free the incomplete configset or continue using it when + the function returns -1. + +`int git_configset_get_value(struct config_set *cs, const char *key, const char **value)`:: + + Finds the highest-priority value for the configuration variable `key` + and config set `cs`, stores the pointer to it in `value` and returns 0. + When the configuration variable `key` is not found, returns 1 without + touching `value`. The caller should not free or modify `value`, as it + is owned by the cache. + +`const struct string_list *git_configset_get_value_multi(struct config_set *cs, const char *key)`:: + + Finds and returns the value list, sorted in order of increasing priority + for the configuration variable `key` and config set `cs`. When the + configuration variable `key` is not found, returns NULL. The caller + should not free or modify the returned pointer, as it is owned by the cache. + +`void git_configset_clear(struct config_set *cs)`:: + + Clears `config_set` structure, removes all saved variable-value pairs. + +In addition to above functions, the `config_set` API provides type specific +functions in the vein of `git_config_get_int` and family but with an extra +parameter, pointer to struct `config_set`. +They all behave similarly to the `git_config_get*()` family described in +"Querying For Specific Variables" above. + Writing Config Files -------------------- -TODO +Git gives multiple entry points in the Config API to write config values to +files namely `git_config_set_in_file` and `git_config_set`, which write to +a specific config file or to `.git/config` respectively. They both take a +key/value pair as parameter. +In the end they both call `git_config_set_multivar_in_file` which takes four +parameters: + +- the name of the file, as a string, to which key/value pairs will be written. + +- the name of key, as a string. This is in canonical "flat" form: the section, + subsection, and variable segments will be separated by dots, and the section + and variable segments will be all lowercase. + E.g., `core.ignorecase`, `diff.SomeType.textconv`. + +- the value of the variable, as a string. If value is equal to NULL, it will + remove the matching key from the config file. + +- the value regex, as a string. It will disregard key/value pairs where value + does not match. + +- a multi_replace value, as an int. If value is equal to zero, nothing or only + one matching key/value is replaced, else all matching key/values (regardless + how many) are removed, before the new pair is written. + +It returns 0 on success. + +Also, there are functions `git_config_rename_section` and +`git_config_rename_section_in_file` with parameters `old_name` and `new_name` +for renaming or removing sections in the config files. If NULL is passed +through `new_name` parameter, the section will be removed from the config file. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt index c1b42a40d3..e44426dd04 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-credentials.txt @@ -248,7 +248,10 @@ FORMAT` in linkgit:git-credential[7] for a detailed specification). For a `get` operation, the helper should produce a list of attributes on stdout in the same format. A helper is free to produce a subset, or even no values at all if it has nothing useful to provide. Any provided -attributes will overwrite those already known about by Git. +attributes will overwrite those already known about by Git. If a helper +outputs a `quit` attribute with a value of `true` or `1`, no further +helpers will be consulted, nor will the user be prompted (if no +credential has been provided, the operation will then fail). For a `store` or `erase` operation, the helper's output is ignored. If it fails to perform the requested operation, it may complain to diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-error-handling.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-error-handling.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc68db126e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-error-handling.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +Error reporting in git +====================== + +`die`, `usage`, `error`, and `warning` report errors of various +kinds. + +- `die` is for fatal application errors. It prints a message to + the user and exits with status 128. + +- `usage` is for errors in command line usage. After printing its + message, it exits with status 129. (See also `usage_with_options` + in the link:api-parse-options.html[parse-options API].) + +- `error` is for non-fatal library errors. It prints a message + to the user and returns -1 for convenience in signaling the error + to the caller. + +- `warning` is for reporting situations that probably should not + occur but which the user (and Git) can continue to work around + without running into too many problems. Like `error`, it + returns -1 after reporting the situation to the caller. + +Customizable error handlers +--------------------------- + +The default behavior of `die` and `error` is to write a message to +stderr and then exit or return as appropriate. This behavior can be +overridden using `set_die_routine` and `set_error_routine`. For +example, "git daemon" uses set_die_routine to write the reason `die` +was called to syslog before exiting. + +Library errors +-------------- + +Functions return a negative integer on error. Details beyond that +vary from function to function: + +- Some functions return -1 for all errors. Others return a more + specific value depending on how the caller might want to react + to the error. + +- Some functions report the error to stderr with `error`, + while others leave that for the caller to do. + +- errno is not meaningful on return from most functions (except + for thin wrappers for system calls). + +Check the function's API documentation to be sure. + +Caller-handled errors +--------------------- + +An increasing number of functions take a parameter 'struct strbuf *err'. +On error, such functions append a message about what went wrong to the +'err' strbuf. The message is meant to be complete enough to be passed +to `die` or `error` as-is. For example: + + if (ref_transaction_commit(transaction, &err)) + die("%s", err.buf); + +The 'err' parameter will be untouched if no error occured, so multiple +function calls can be chained: + + t = ref_transaction_begin(&err); + if (!t || + ref_transaction_update(t, "HEAD", ..., &err) || + ret_transaction_commit(t, &err)) + die("%s", err.buf); + +The 'err' parameter must be a pointer to a valid strbuf. To silence +a message, pass a strbuf that is explicitly ignored: + + if (thing_that_can_fail_in_an_ignorable_way(..., &err)) + /* This failure is okay. */ + strbuf_reset(&err); diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-hashmap.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-hashmap.txt index b977ae8bbb..ad7a5bddd2 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-hashmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-hashmap.txt @@ -8,11 +8,19 @@ Data Structures `struct hashmap`:: - The hash table structure. + The hash table structure. Members can be used as follows, but should + not be modified directly: + -The `size` member keeps track of the total number of entries. The `cmpfn` -member is a function used to compare two entries for equality. The `table` and -`tablesize` members store the hash table and its size, respectively. +The `size` member keeps track of the total number of entries (0 means the +hashmap is empty). ++ +`tablesize` is the allocated size of the hash table. A non-0 value indicates +that the hashmap is initialized. It may also be useful for statistical purposes +(i.e. `size / tablesize` is the current load factor). ++ +`cmpfn` stores the comparison function specified in `hashmap_init()`. In +advanced scenarios, it may be useful to change this, e.g. to switch between +case-sensitive and case-insensitive lookup. `struct hashmap_entry`:: @@ -58,6 +66,15 @@ Functions + `strihash` and `memihash` are case insensitive versions. +`unsigned int sha1hash(const unsigned char *sha1)`:: + + Converts a cryptographic hash (e.g. SHA-1) into an int-sized hash code + for use in hash tables. Cryptographic hashes are supposed to have + uniform distribution, so in contrast to `memhash()`, this just copies + the first `sizeof(int)` bytes without shuffling any bits. Note that + the results will be different on big-endian and little-endian + platforms, so they should not be stored or transferred over the net. + `void hashmap_init(struct hashmap *map, hashmap_cmp_fn equals_function, size_t initial_size)`:: Initializes a hashmap structure. @@ -101,6 +118,20 @@ hashmap_entry) that has at least been initialized with the proper hash code If an entry with matching hash code is found, `key` and `keydata` are passed to `hashmap_cmp_fn` to decide whether the entry matches the key. +`void *hashmap_get_from_hash(const struct hashmap *map, unsigned int hash, const void *keydata)`:: + + Returns the hashmap entry for the specified hash code and key data, + or NULL if not found. ++ +`map` is the hashmap structure. ++ +`hash` is the hash code of the entry to look up. ++ +If an entry with matching hash code is found, `keydata` is passed to +`hashmap_cmp_fn` to decide whether the entry matches the key. The +`entry_or_key` parameter points to a bogus hashmap_entry structure that +should not be used in the comparison. + `void *hashmap_get_next(const struct hashmap *map, const void *entry)`:: Returns the next equal hashmap entry, or NULL if not found. This can be @@ -162,6 +193,21 @@ more entries. `hashmap_iter_first` is a combination of both (i.e. initializes the iterator and returns the first entry, if any). +`const char *strintern(const char *string)`:: +`const void *memintern(const void *data, size_t len)`:: + + Returns the unique, interned version of the specified string or data, + similar to the `String.intern` API in Java and .NET, respectively. + Interned strings remain valid for the entire lifetime of the process. ++ +Can be used as `[x]strdup()` or `xmemdupz` replacement, except that interned +strings / data must not be modified or freed. ++ +Interned strings are best used for short strings with high probability of +duplicates. ++ +Uses a hashmap to store the pool of interned strings. + Usage example ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-lockfile.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-lockfile.txt index dd894043ae..93b5f23e4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-lockfile.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-lockfile.txt @@ -3,20 +3,132 @@ lockfile API The lockfile API serves two purposes: -* Mutual exclusion. When we write out a new index file, first - we create a new file `$GIT_DIR/index.lock`, write the new - contents into it, and rename it to the final destination - `$GIT_DIR/index`. We try to create the `$GIT_DIR/index.lock` - file with O_EXCL so that we can notice and fail when somebody - else is already trying to update the index file. - -* Automatic cruft removal. After we create the "lock" file, we - may decide to `die()`, and we would want to make sure that we - remove the file that has not been committed to its final - destination. This is done by remembering the lockfiles we - created in a linked list and cleaning them up from an - `atexit(3)` handler. Outstanding lockfiles are also removed - when the program dies on a signal. +* Mutual exclusion and atomic file updates. When we want to change a + file, we create a lockfile `<filename>.lock`, write the new file + contents into it, and then rename the lockfile to its final + destination `<filename>`. We create the `<filename>.lock` file with + `O_CREAT|O_EXCL` so that we can notice and fail if somebody else has + already locked the file, then atomically rename the lockfile to its + final destination to commit the changes and unlock the file. + +* Automatic cruft removal. If the program exits after we lock a file + but before the changes have been committed, we want to make sure + that we remove the lockfile. This is done by remembering the + lockfiles we have created in a linked list and setting up an + `atexit(3)` handler and a signal handler that clean up the + lockfiles. This mechanism ensures that outstanding lockfiles are + cleaned up if the program exits (including when `die()` is called) + or if the program dies on a signal. + +Please note that lockfiles only block other writers. Readers do not +block, but they are guaranteed to see either the old contents of the +file or the new contents of the file (assuming that the filesystem +implements `rename(2)` atomically). + + +Calling sequence +---------------- + +The caller: + +* Allocates a `struct lock_file` either as a static variable or on the + heap, initialized to zeros. Once you use the structure to call the + `hold_lock_file_*` family of functions, it belongs to the lockfile + subsystem and its storage must remain valid throughout the life of + the program (i.e. you cannot use an on-stack variable to hold this + structure). + +* Attempts to create a lockfile by passing that variable and the path + of the final destination (e.g. `$GIT_DIR/index`) to + `hold_lock_file_for_update` or `hold_lock_file_for_append`. + +* Writes new content for the destination file by either: + + * writing to the file descriptor returned by the `hold_lock_file_*` + functions (also available via `lock->fd`). + + * calling `fdopen_lock_file` to get a `FILE` pointer for the open + file and writing to the file using stdio. + +When finished writing, the caller can: + +* Close the file descriptor and rename the lockfile to its final + destination by calling `commit_lock_file` or `commit_lock_file_to`. + +* Close the file descriptor and remove the lockfile by calling + `rollback_lock_file`. + +* Close the file descriptor without removing or renaming the lockfile + by calling `close_lock_file`, and later call `commit_lock_file`, + `commit_lock_file_to`, `rollback_lock_file`, or `reopen_lock_file`. + +Even after the lockfile is committed or rolled back, the `lock_file` +object must not be freed or altered by the caller. However, it may be +reused; just pass it to another call of `hold_lock_file_for_update` or +`hold_lock_file_for_append`. + +If the program exits before you have called one of `commit_lock_file`, +`commit_lock_file_to`, `rollback_lock_file`, or `close_lock_file`, an +`atexit(3)` handler will close and remove the lockfile, rolling back +any uncommitted changes. + +If you need to close the file descriptor you obtained from a +`hold_lock_file_*` function yourself, do so by calling +`close_lock_file`. You should never call `close(2)` or `fclose(3)` +yourself! Otherwise the `struct lock_file` structure would still think +that the file descriptor needs to be closed, and a commit or rollback +would result in duplicate calls to `close(2)`. Worse yet, if you close +and then later open another file descriptor for a completely different +purpose, then a commit or rollback might close that unrelated file +descriptor. + + +Error handling +-------------- + +The `hold_lock_file_*` functions return a file descriptor on success +or -1 on failure (unless `LOCK_DIE_ON_ERROR` is used; see below). On +errors, `errno` describes the reason for failure. Errors can be +reported by passing `errno` to one of the following helper functions: + +unable_to_lock_message:: + + Append an appropriate error message to a `strbuf`. + +unable_to_lock_error:: + + Emit an appropriate error message using `error()`. + +unable_to_lock_die:: + + Emit an appropriate error message and `die()`. + +Similarly, `commit_lock_file`, `commit_lock_file_to`, and +`close_lock_file` return 0 on success. On failure they set `errno` +appropriately, do their best to roll back the lockfile, and return -1. + + +Flags +----- + +The following flags can be passed to `hold_lock_file_for_update` or +`hold_lock_file_for_append`: + +LOCK_NO_DEREF:: + + Usually symbolic links in the destination path are resolved + and the lockfile is created by adding ".lock" to the resolved + path. If `LOCK_NO_DEREF` is set, then the lockfile is created + by adding ".lock" to the path argument itself. This option is + used, for example, when locking a symbolic reference, which + for backwards-compatibility reasons can be a symbolic link + containing the name of the referred-to-reference. + +LOCK_DIE_ON_ERROR:: + + If a lock is already taken for the file, `die()` with an error + message. If this option is not specified, trying to lock a + file that is already locked returns -1 to the caller. The functions @@ -24,51 +136,85 @@ The functions hold_lock_file_for_update:: - Take a pointer to `struct lock_file`, the filename of - the final destination (e.g. `$GIT_DIR/index`) and a flag - `die_on_error`. Attempt to create a lockfile for the - destination and return the file descriptor for writing - to the file. If `die_on_error` flag is true, it dies if - a lock is already taken for the file; otherwise it - returns a negative integer to the caller on failure. + Take a pointer to `struct lock_file`, the path of the file to + be locked (e.g. `$GIT_DIR/index`) and a flags argument (see + above). Attempt to create a lockfile for the destination and + return the file descriptor for writing to the file. + +hold_lock_file_for_append:: + + Like `hold_lock_file_for_update`, but before returning copy + the existing contents of the file (if any) to the lockfile and + position its write pointer at the end of the file. + +fdopen_lock_file:: + + Associate a stdio stream with the lockfile. Return NULL + (*without* rolling back the lockfile) on error. The stream is + closed automatically when `close_lock_file` is called or when + the file is committed or rolled back. + +get_locked_file_path:: + + Return the path of the file that is locked by the specified + lock_file object. The caller must free the memory. commit_lock_file:: - Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized - with an earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update()`, - close the file descriptor and rename the lockfile to its - final destination. Returns 0 upon success, a negative - value on failure to close(2) or rename(2). + Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized with an + earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update` or + `hold_lock_file_for_append`, close the file descriptor, and + rename the lockfile to its final destination. Return 0 upon + success. On failure, roll back the lock file and return -1, + with `errno` set to the value from the failing call to + `close(2)` or `rename(2)`. It is a bug to call + `commit_lock_file` for a `lock_file` object that is not + currently locked. + +commit_lock_file_to:: + + Like `commit_lock_file()`, except that it takes an explicit + `path` argument to which the lockfile should be renamed. The + `path` must be on the same filesystem as the lock file. rollback_lock_file:: - Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized - with an earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update()`, - close the file descriptor and remove the lockfile. + Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized with an + earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update` or + `hold_lock_file_for_append`, close the file descriptor and + remove the lockfile. It is a NOOP to call + `rollback_lock_file()` for a `lock_file` object that has + already been committed or rolled back. close_lock_file:: - Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized - with an earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update()`, - and close the file descriptor. Returns 0 upon success, - a negative value on failure to close(2). - -Because the structure is used in an `atexit(3)` handler, its -storage has to stay throughout the life of the program. It -cannot be an auto variable allocated on the stack. - -Call `commit_lock_file()` or `rollback_lock_file()` when you are -done writing to the file descriptor. If you do not call either -and simply `exit(3)` from the program, an `atexit(3)` handler -will close and remove the lockfile. - -If you need to close the file descriptor you obtained from -`hold_lock_file_for_update` function yourself, do so by calling -`close_lock_file()`. You should never call `close(2)` yourself! -Otherwise the `struct -lock_file` structure still remembers that the file descriptor -needs to be closed, and a later call to `commit_lock_file()` or -`rollback_lock_file()` will result in duplicate calls to -`close(2)`. Worse yet, if you `close(2)`, open another file -descriptor for completely different purpose, and then call -`commit_lock_file()` or `rollback_lock_file()`, they may close -that unrelated file descriptor. + + Take a pointer to the `struct lock_file` initialized with an + earlier call to `hold_lock_file_for_update` or + `hold_lock_file_for_append`. Close the file descriptor (and + the file pointer if it has been opened using + `fdopen_lock_file`). Return 0 upon success. On failure to + `close(2)`, return a negative value and roll back the lock + file. Usually `commit_lock_file`, `commit_lock_file_to`, or + `rollback_lock_file` should eventually be called if + `close_lock_file` succeeds. + +reopen_lock_file:: + + Re-open a lockfile that has been closed (using + `close_lock_file`) but not yet committed or rolled back. This + can be used to implement a sequence of operations like the + following: + + * Lock file. + + * Write new contents to lockfile, then `close_lock_file` to + cause the contents to be written to disk. + + * Pass the name of the lockfile to another program to allow it + (and nobody else) to inspect the contents you wrote, while + still holding the lock yourself. + + * `reopen_lock_file` to reopen the lockfile. Make further + updates to the contents. + + * `commit_lock_file` to make the final version permanent. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt index 5d7d7f2d32..a9fdb45b93 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-run-command.txt @@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ produces in the caller in order to process it. Functions --------- +`child_process_init`:: + + Initialize a struct child_process variable. + `start_command`:: Start a sub-process. Takes a pointer to a `struct child_process` @@ -96,8 +100,8 @@ command to run in a sub-process. The caller: -1. allocates and clears (memset(&chld, 0, sizeof(chld));) a - struct child_process variable; +1. allocates and clears (using child_process_init() or + CHILD_PROCESS_INIT) a struct child_process variable; 2. initializes the members; 3. calls start_command(); 4. processes the data; @@ -109,6 +113,13 @@ terminated), of which .argv[0] is the program name to run (usually without a path). If the command to run is a git command, set argv[0] to the command name without the 'git-' prefix and set .git_cmd = 1. +Note that the ownership of the memory pointed to by .argv stays with the +caller, but it should survive until `finish_command` completes. If the +.argv member is NULL, `start_command` will point it at the .args +`argv_array` (so you may use one or the other, but you must use exactly +one). The memory in .args will be cleaned up automatically during +`finish_command` (or during `start_command` when it is unsuccessful). + The members .in, .out, .err are used to redirect stdin, stdout, stderr as follows: @@ -158,6 +169,11 @@ string pointers (NULL terminated) in .env: . If the string does not contain '=', it names an environment variable that will be removed from the child process's environment. +If the .env member is NULL, `start_command` will point it at the +.env_array `argv_array` (so you may use one or the other, but not both). +The memory in .env_array will be cleaned up automatically during +`finish_command` (or during `start_command` when it is unsuccessful). + To specify a new initial working directory for the sub-process, specify it in the .dir member. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1d00e4d596..0000000000 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-strbuf.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,319 +0,0 @@ -strbuf API -========== - -strbuf's are meant to be used with all the usual C string and memory -APIs. Given that the length of the buffer is known, it's often better to -use the mem* functions than a str* one (memchr vs. strchr e.g.). -Though, one has to be careful about the fact that str* functions often -stop on NULs and that strbufs may have embedded NULs. - -A strbuf is NUL terminated for convenience, but no function in the -strbuf API actually relies on the string being free of NULs. - -strbufs have some invariants that are very important to keep in mind: - -. The `buf` member is never NULL, so it can be used in any usual C -string operations safely. strbuf's _have_ to be initialized either by -`strbuf_init()` or by `= STRBUF_INIT` before the invariants, though. -+ -Do *not* assume anything on what `buf` really is (e.g. if it is -allocated memory or not), use `strbuf_detach()` to unwrap a memory -buffer from its strbuf shell in a safe way. That is the sole supported -way. This will give you a malloced buffer that you can later `free()`. -+ -However, it is totally safe to modify anything in the string pointed by -the `buf` member, between the indices `0` and `len-1` (inclusive). - -. The `buf` member is a byte array that has at least `len + 1` bytes - allocated. The extra byte is used to store a `'\0'`, allowing the - `buf` member to be a valid C-string. Every strbuf function ensure this - invariant is preserved. -+ -NOTE: It is OK to "play" with the buffer directly if you work it this - way: -+ ----- -strbuf_grow(sb, SOME_SIZE); <1> -strbuf_setlen(sb, sb->len + SOME_OTHER_SIZE); ----- -<1> Here, the memory array starting at `sb->buf`, and of length -`strbuf_avail(sb)` is all yours, and you can be sure that -`strbuf_avail(sb)` is at least `SOME_SIZE`. -+ -NOTE: `SOME_OTHER_SIZE` must be smaller or equal to `strbuf_avail(sb)`. -+ -Doing so is safe, though if it has to be done in many places, adding the -missing API to the strbuf module is the way to go. -+ -WARNING: Do _not_ assume that the area that is yours is of size `alloc -- 1` even if it's true in the current implementation. Alloc is somehow a -"private" member that should not be messed with. Use `strbuf_avail()` -instead. - -Data structures ---------------- - -* `struct strbuf` - -This is the string buffer structure. The `len` member can be used to -determine the current length of the string, and `buf` member provides -access to the string itself. - -Functions ---------- - -* Life cycle - -`strbuf_init`:: - - Initialize the structure. The second parameter can be zero or a bigger - number to allocate memory, in case you want to prevent further reallocs. - -`strbuf_release`:: - - Release a string buffer and the memory it used. You should not use the - string buffer after using this function, unless you initialize it again. - -`strbuf_detach`:: - - Detach the string from the strbuf and returns it; you now own the - storage the string occupies and it is your responsibility from then on - to release it with `free(3)` when you are done with it. - -`strbuf_attach`:: - - Attach a string to a buffer. You should specify the string to attach, - the current length of the string and the amount of allocated memory. - The amount must be larger than the string length, because the string you - pass is supposed to be a NUL-terminated string. This string _must_ be - malloc()ed, and after attaching, the pointer cannot be relied upon - anymore, and neither be free()d directly. - -`strbuf_swap`:: - - Swap the contents of two string buffers. - -* Related to the size of the buffer - -`strbuf_avail`:: - - Determine the amount of allocated but unused memory. - -`strbuf_grow`:: - - Ensure that at least this amount of unused memory is available after - `len`. This is used when you know a typical size for what you will add - and want to avoid repetitive automatic resizing of the underlying buffer. - This is never a needed operation, but can be critical for performance in - some cases. - -`strbuf_setlen`:: - - Set the length of the buffer to a given value. This function does *not* - allocate new memory, so you should not perform a `strbuf_setlen()` to a - length that is larger than `len + strbuf_avail()`. `strbuf_setlen()` is - just meant as a 'please fix invariants from this strbuf I just messed - with'. - -`strbuf_reset`:: - - Empty the buffer by setting the size of it to zero. - -* Related to the contents of the buffer - -`strbuf_rtrim`:: - - Strip whitespace from the end of a string. - -`strbuf_cmp`:: - - Compare two buffers. Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater - than zero if the first buffer is found, respectively, to be less than, - to match, or be greater than the second buffer. - -* Adding data to the buffer - -NOTE: All of the functions in this section will grow the buffer as necessary. -If they fail for some reason other than memory shortage and the buffer hadn't -been allocated before (i.e. the `struct strbuf` was set to `STRBUF_INIT`), -then they will free() it. - -`strbuf_addch`:: - - Add a single character to the buffer. - -`strbuf_insert`:: - - Insert data to the given position of the buffer. The remaining contents - will be shifted, not overwritten. - -`strbuf_remove`:: - - Remove given amount of data from a given position of the buffer. - -`strbuf_splice`:: - - Remove the bytes between `pos..pos+len` and replace it with the given - data. - -`strbuf_add_commented_lines`:: - - Add a NUL-terminated string to the buffer. Each line will be prepended - by a comment character and a blank. - -`strbuf_add`:: - - Add data of given length to the buffer. - -`strbuf_addstr`:: - -Add a NUL-terminated string to the buffer. -+ -NOTE: This function will *always* be implemented as an inline or a macro -that expands to: -+ ----- -strbuf_add(..., s, strlen(s)); ----- -+ -Meaning that this is efficient to write things like: -+ ----- -strbuf_addstr(sb, "immediate string"); ----- - -`strbuf_addbuf`:: - - Copy the contents of another buffer at the end of the current one. - -`strbuf_adddup`:: - - Copy part of the buffer from a given position till a given length to the - end of the buffer. - -`strbuf_expand`:: - - This function can be used to expand a format string containing - placeholders. To that end, it parses the string and calls the specified - function for every percent sign found. -+ -The callback function is given a pointer to the character after the `%` -and a pointer to the struct strbuf. It is expected to add the expanded -version of the placeholder to the strbuf, e.g. to add a newline -character if the letter `n` appears after a `%`. The function returns -the length of the placeholder recognized and `strbuf_expand()` skips -over it. -+ -The format `%%` is automatically expanded to a single `%` as a quoting -mechanism; callers do not need to handle the `%` placeholder themselves, -and the callback function will not be invoked for this placeholder. -+ -All other characters (non-percent and not skipped ones) are copied -verbatim to the strbuf. If the callback returned zero, meaning that the -placeholder is unknown, then the percent sign is copied, too. -+ -In order to facilitate caching and to make it possible to give -parameters to the callback, `strbuf_expand()` passes a context pointer, -which can be used by the programmer of the callback as she sees fit. - -`strbuf_expand_dict_cb`:: - - Used as callback for `strbuf_expand()`, expects an array of - struct strbuf_expand_dict_entry as context, i.e. pairs of - placeholder and replacement string. The array needs to be - terminated by an entry with placeholder set to NULL. - -`strbuf_addbuf_percentquote`:: - - Append the contents of one strbuf to another, quoting any - percent signs ("%") into double-percents ("%%") in the - destination. This is useful for literal data to be fed to either - strbuf_expand or to the *printf family of functions. - -`strbuf_humanise_bytes`:: - - Append the given byte size as a human-readable string (i.e. 12.23 KiB, - 3.50 MiB). - -`strbuf_addf`:: - - Add a formatted string to the buffer. - -`strbuf_commented_addf`:: - - Add a formatted string prepended by a comment character and a - blank to the buffer. - -`strbuf_fread`:: - - Read a given size of data from a FILE* pointer to the buffer. -+ -NOTE: The buffer is rewound if the read fails. If -1 is returned, -`errno` must be consulted, like you would do for `read(3)`. -`strbuf_read()`, `strbuf_read_file()` and `strbuf_getline()` has the -same behaviour as well. - -`strbuf_read`:: - - Read the contents of a given file descriptor. The third argument can be - used to give a hint about the file size, to avoid reallocs. - -`strbuf_read_file`:: - - Read the contents of a file, specified by its path. The third argument - can be used to give a hint about the file size, to avoid reallocs. - -`strbuf_readlink`:: - - Read the target of a symbolic link, specified by its path. The third - argument can be used to give a hint about the size, to avoid reallocs. - -`strbuf_getline`:: - - Read a line from a FILE *, overwriting the existing contents - of the strbuf. The second argument specifies the line - terminator character, typically `'\n'`. - Reading stops after the terminator or at EOF. The terminator - is removed from the buffer before returning. Returns 0 unless - there was nothing left before EOF, in which case it returns `EOF`. - -`strbuf_getwholeline`:: - - Like `strbuf_getline`, but keeps the trailing terminator (if - any) in the buffer. - -`strbuf_getwholeline_fd`:: - - Like `strbuf_getwholeline`, but operates on a file descriptor. - It reads one character at a time, so it is very slow. Do not - use it unless you need the correct position in the file - descriptor. - -`stripspace`:: - - Strip whitespace from a buffer. The second parameter controls if - comments are considered contents to be removed or not. - -`strbuf_split_buf`:: -`strbuf_split_str`:: -`strbuf_split_max`:: -`strbuf_split`:: - - Split a string or strbuf into a list of strbufs at a specified - terminator character. The returned substrings include the - terminator characters. Some of these functions take a `max` - parameter, which, if positive, limits the output to that - number of substrings. - -`strbuf_list_free`:: - - Free a list of strbufs (for example, the return values of the - `strbuf_split()` functions). - -`launch_editor`:: - - Launch the user preferred editor to edit a file and fill the buffer - with the file's contents upon the user completing their editing. The - third argument can be used to set the environment which the editor is - run in. If the buffer is NULL the editor is launched as usual but the - file's contents are not read into the buffer upon completion. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt index 20be348834..c08402b12e 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-string-list.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ member (you need this if you add things later) and you should set the `unsorted_string_list_has_string` and get it from the list using `string_list_lookup` for sorted lists. -. Can sort an unsorted list using `sort_string_list`. +. Can sort an unsorted list using `string_list_sort`. . Can remove duplicate items from a sorted list using `string_list_remove_duplicates`. @@ -68,6 +68,11 @@ Functions * General ones (works with sorted and unsorted lists as well) +`string_list_init`:: + + Initialize the members of the string_list, set `strdup_strings` + member according to the value of the second parameter. + `filter_string_list`:: Apply a function to each item in a list, retaining only the @@ -141,7 +146,7 @@ write `string_list_insert(...)->util = ...;`. ownership of a malloc()ed string to a `string_list` that has `strdup_string` set. -`sort_string_list`:: +`string_list_sort`:: Sort the list's entries by string value in `strcmp()` order. @@ -200,3 +205,5 @@ Represents the list itself. You should not tamper with it. . Setting the `strdup_strings` member to 1 will strdup() the strings before adding them, see above. +. The `compare_strings_fn` member is used to specify a custom compare + function, otherwise `strcmp()` is used as the default function. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt b/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..097a651d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/technical/api-trace.txt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +trace API +========= + +The trace API can be used to print debug messages to stderr or a file. Trace +code is inactive unless explicitly enabled by setting `GIT_TRACE*` environment +variables. + +The trace implementation automatically adds `timestamp file:line ... \n` to +all trace messages. E.g.: + +------------ +23:59:59.123456 git.c:312 trace: built-in: git 'foo' +00:00:00.000001 builtin/foo.c:99 foo: some message +------------ + +Data Structures +--------------- + +`struct trace_key`:: + + Defines a trace key (or category). The default (for API functions that + don't take a key) is `GIT_TRACE`. ++ +E.g. to define a trace key controlled by environment variable `GIT_TRACE_FOO`: ++ +------------ +static struct trace_key trace_foo = TRACE_KEY_INIT(FOO); + +static void trace_print_foo(const char *message) +{ + trace_print_key(&trace_foo, message); +} +------------ ++ +Note: don't use `const` as the trace implementation stores internal state in +the `trace_key` structure. + +Functions +--------- + +`int trace_want(struct trace_key *key)`:: + + Checks whether the trace key is enabled. Used to prevent expensive + string formatting before calling one of the printing APIs. + +`void trace_disable(struct trace_key *key)`:: + + Disables tracing for the specified key, even if the environment + variable was set. + +`void trace_printf(const char *format, ...)`:: +`void trace_printf_key(struct trace_key *key, const char *format, ...)`:: + + Prints a formatted message, similar to printf. + +`void trace_argv_printf(const char **argv, const char *format, ...)``:: + + Prints a formatted message, followed by a quoted list of arguments. + +`void trace_strbuf(struct trace_key *key, const struct strbuf *data)`:: + + Prints the strbuf, without additional formatting (i.e. doesn't + choke on `%` or even `\0`). + +`uint64_t getnanotime(void)`:: + + Returns nanoseconds since the epoch (01/01/1970), typically used + for performance measurements. ++ +Currently there are high precision timer implementations for Linux (using +`clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC)`) and Windows (`QueryPerformanceCounter`). +Other platforms use `gettimeofday` as time source. + +`void trace_performance(uint64_t nanos, const char *format, ...)`:: +`void trace_performance_since(uint64_t start, const char *format, ...)`:: + + Prints the elapsed time (in nanoseconds), or elapsed time since + `start`, followed by a formatted message. Enabled via environment + variable `GIT_TRACE_PERFORMANCE`. Used for manual profiling, e.g.: ++ +------------ +uint64_t start = getnanotime(); +/* code section to measure */ +trace_performance_since(start, "foobar"); +------------ ++ +------------ +uint64_t t = 0; +for (;;) { + /* ignore */ + t -= getnanotime(); + /* code section to measure */ + t += getnanotime(); + /* ignore */ +} +trace_performance(t, "frotz"); +------------ diff --git a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt index 58c7e872d7..229f845dfa 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/http-protocol.txt @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ C: Send one `$GIT_URL/git-upload-pack` request: C: 0000 The stream is organized into "commands", with each command -appearing by itself in a pkt-line. Within a command line +appearing by itself in a pkt-line. Within a command line, the text leading up to the first space is the command name, and the remainder of the line to the first LF is the value. Command lines are terminated with an LF as the last byte of diff --git a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt index f352a9b22e..35112e4966 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/index-format.txt @@ -129,6 +129,9 @@ Git index format (Version 4) In version 4, the padding after the pathname does not exist. + Interpretation of index entries in split index mode is completely + different. See below for details. + == Extensions === Cached tree @@ -198,3 +201,35 @@ Git index format - At most three 160-bit object names of the entry in stages from 1 to 3 (nothing is written for a missing stage). +=== Split index + + In split index mode, the majority of index entries could be stored + in a separate file. This extension records the changes to be made on + top of that to produce the final index. + + The signature for this extension is { 'l', 'i', 'n', 'k' }. + + The extension consists of: + + - 160-bit SHA-1 of the shared index file. The shared index file path + is $GIT_DIR/sharedindex.<SHA-1>. If all 160 bits are zero, the + index does not require a shared index file. + + - An ewah-encoded delete bitmap, each bit represents an entry in the + shared index. If a bit is set, its corresponding entry in the + shared index will be removed from the final index. Note, because + a delete operation changes index entry positions, but we do need + original positions in replace phase, it's best to just mark + entries for removal, then do a mass deletion after replacement. + + - An ewah-encoded replace bitmap, each bit represents an entry in + the shared index. If a bit is set, its corresponding entry in the + shared index will be replaced with an entry in this index + file. All replaced entries are stored in sorted order in this + index. The first "1" bit in the replace bitmap corresponds to the + first index entry, the second "1" bit to the second entry and so + on. Replaced entries may have empty path names to save space. + + The remaining index entries after replaced ones will be added to the + final index. These added entries are also sorted by entry name then + stage. diff --git a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt index 18dea8d15f..462e20645f 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/pack-protocol.txt @@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ out of what the server said it could do with the first 'want' line. want-list = first-want *additional-want - shallow-line = PKT_LINE("shallow" SP obj-id) + shallow-line = PKT-LINE("shallow" SP obj-id) - depth-request = PKT_LINE("deepen" SP depth) + depth-request = PKT-LINE("deepen" SP depth) first-want = PKT-LINE("want" SP obj-id SP capability-list LF) additional-want = PKT-LINE("want" SP obj-id LF) @@ -465,9 +465,9 @@ contain all the objects that the server will need to complete the new references. ---- - update-request = *shallow command-list [pack-file] + update-request = *shallow ( command-list | push-cert ) [pack-file] - shallow = PKT-LINE("shallow" SP obj-id) + shallow = PKT-LINE("shallow" SP obj-id LF) command-list = PKT-LINE(command NUL capability-list LF) *PKT-LINE(command LF) @@ -481,12 +481,27 @@ references. old-id = obj-id new-id = obj-id + push-cert = PKT-LINE("push-cert" NUL capability-list LF) + PKT-LINE("certificate version 0.1" LF) + PKT-LINE("pusher" SP ident LF) + PKT-LINE("pushee" SP url LF) + PKT-LINE("nonce" SP nonce LF) + PKT-LINE(LF) + *PKT-LINE(command LF) + *PKT-LINE(gpg-signature-lines LF) + PKT-LINE("push-cert-end" LF) + pack-file = "PACK" 28*(OCTET) ---- If the receiving end does not support delete-refs, the sending end MUST NOT ask for delete command. +If the receiving end does not support push-cert, the sending end +MUST NOT send a push-cert command. When a push-cert command is +sent, command-list MUST NOT be sent; the commands recorded in the +push certificate is used instead. + The pack-file MUST NOT be sent if the only command used is 'delete'. A pack-file MUST be sent if either create or update command is used, @@ -501,6 +516,34 @@ was being processed (the obj-id is still the same as the old-id), and it will run any update hooks to make sure that the update is acceptable. If all of that is fine, the server will then update the references. +Push Certificate +---------------- + +A push certificate begins with a set of header lines. After the +header and an empty line, the protocol commands follow, one per +line. + +Currently, the following header fields are defined: + +`pusher` ident:: + Identify the GPG key in "Human Readable Name <email@address>" + format. + +`pushee` url:: + The repository URL (anonymized, if the URL contains + authentication material) the user who ran `git push` + intended to push into. + +`nonce` nonce:: + The 'nonce' string the receiving repository asked the + pushing user to include in the certificate, to prevent + replay attacks. + +The GPG signature lines are a detached signature for the contents +recorded in the push certificate before the signature block begins. +The detached signature is used to certify that the commands were +given by the pusher, who must be the signer. + Report Status ------------- diff --git a/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt b/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt index e174343847..4f8a7bfb4c 100644 --- a/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt +++ b/Documentation/technical/protocol-capabilities.txt @@ -18,8 +18,9 @@ was sent. Server MUST NOT ignore capabilities that client requested and server advertised. As a consequence of these rules, server MUST NOT advertise capabilities it does not understand. -The 'report-status', 'delete-refs', and 'quiet' capabilities are sent and -recognized by the receive-pack (push to server) process. +The 'atomic', 'report-status', 'delete-refs', 'quiet', and 'push-cert' +capabilities are sent and recognized by the receive-pack (push to server) +process. The 'ofs-delta' and 'side-band-64k' capabilities are sent and recognized by both upload-pack and receive-pack protocols. The 'agent' capability @@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ agent capability). The `X` and `Y` strings may contain any printable ASCII characters except space (i.e., the byte range 32 < x < 127), and are typically of the form "package/version" (e.g., "git/1.8.3.1"). The agent strings are purely informative for statistics and debugging -purposes, and MUST NOT be used to programatically assume the presence +purposes, and MUST NOT be used to programmatically assume the presence or absence of particular features. shallow @@ -244,9 +245,26 @@ respond with the 'quiet' capability to suppress server-side progress reporting if the local progress reporting is also being suppressed (e.g., via `push -q`, or if stderr does not go to a tty). +atomic +------ + +If the server sends the 'atomic' capability it is capable of accepting +atomic pushes. If the pushing client requests this capability, the server +will update the refs in one atomic transaction. Either all refs are +updated or none. + allow-tip-sha1-in-want ---------------------- If the upload-pack server advertises this capability, fetch-pack may send "want" lines with SHA-1s that exist at the server but are not advertised by upload-pack. + +push-cert=<nonce> +----------------- + +The receive-pack server that advertises this capability is willing +to accept a signed push certificate, and asks the <nonce> to be +included in the push certificate. A send-pack client MUST NOT +send a push-cert packet unless the receive-pack server advertises +this capability. diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.txt b/Documentation/user-manual.txt index 46aa6bc1a6..68978f5338 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.txt +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.txt @@ -1200,7 +1200,7 @@ for other users who clone your repository. If you wish the exclude patterns to affect only certain repositories (instead of every repository for a given project), you may instead put them in a file in your repository named `.git/info/exclude`, or in any -file specified by the `core.excludesfile` configuration variable. +file specified by the `core.excludesFile` configuration variable. Some Git commands can also take exclude patterns directly on the command line. See linkgit:gitignore[5] for the details. @@ -4230,9 +4230,9 @@ Most of what `git rev-list` did is contained in `revision.c` and controls how and what revisions are walked, and more. The original job of `git rev-parse` is now taken by the function -`setup_revisions()`, which parses the revisions and the common command line +`setup_revisions()`, which parses the revisions and the common command-line options for the revision walker. This information is stored in the struct -`rev_info` for later consumption. You can do your own command line option +`rev_info` for later consumption. You can do your own command-line option parsing after calling `setup_revisions()`. After that, you have to call `prepare_revision_walk()` for initialization, and then you can get the commits one by one with the function `get_revision()`. |